United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2009
or
     
o   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number: 001-34195
Layne Christensen Company
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  48-0920712
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Mission Woods, Kansas 66205
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (913) 362-0510
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, $.01 par value
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o    No  þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o    No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þ    No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o    No  þ
The aggregate market value of the 18,498,245 shares of Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter, computed by reference to the closing sale price of such stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date was $844,817,133.
At March 18, 2009, there were 19,437,132 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the following document are incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this report: Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.
 
 

 


 

PART I
Item 1. Business
General
Layne Christensen Company (“we,” “us” or the “Company”) provides drilling and construction services and related products in two principal markets: water infrastructure and mineral exploration, as well as operates as a producer of unconventional natural gas for the energy market. We operate throughout North America, as well as Africa, Australia, Europe and Brazil. We also operate through our affiliates in South America. Layne Christensen’s customers include municipalities, investor-owned water utilities, industrial companies, global mining companies, consulting engineering firms, heavy civil construction contractors, oil and gas companies and, to a lesser extent, agribusiness.
     We maintain our executive offices at 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Mission Woods, Kansas, 66205. Our telephone number is (913) 362-0510 and our Web site address is www.laynechristensen.com . Our periodic and current reports are available, free of charge, on our Web site as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Market Overview
The characteristics of each of the industries in which we operate are described below. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for certain financial information about our operating segments and foreign operations.
Water Infrastructure
Water infrastructure demand is driven by the need to provide and protect one of earth’s most precious resources, water, which is drawn from the earth for drinking, irrigation and industrial use. Main drivers for water supply and treatment include shifting demographics and urban sprawl, deteriorating water quality and infrastructure that supplies our water, increasing water demand from industrial expansion, stricter regulation and new technology that allows us to achieve new standards of quality. The U.S. water well drilling industry is highly fragmented, consisting of several thousand regionally and locally based contractors. The majority of these contractors are primarily involved in drilling low-volume water wells for agricultural and residential customers, markets in which we do not generally participate.
     Well and pump rehabilitation demand depends on the age and application of the equipment, the quality of material and workmanship applied in the original well construction and changes in depth and quality of the groundwater. Rehabilitation work is often required on an emergency basis or within a relatively short period of time after a performance decline is recognized. Scheduling flexibility and a broad national footprint combined with technical expertise and equipment, are critical for a repair and maintenance service provider. Like the water well drilling market, the market for rehabilitation is highly fragmented.
     Demand for water and wastewater treatment services continues to grow. Increasingly stringent water quality regulations are being adopted by a variety of governing agencies. As demographic shifts occur to more water-challenged areas and the number and allowable level of regulated contaminants and impurities becomes stricter, the demand for water recycling (re-use) and conservation services, as well as new specialized treatment media and filtration methods, is expected to remain strong.
     Sewer rehabilitation demand is largely a function of deteriorating urban infrastructure and pressure from population growth. Additionally, federal and state agencies are forcing municipalities and industry to address pollution resulting from infiltration of damaged or leaking lines.
Mineral Exploration
Demand for mineral exploration drilling is driven by the need to identify, define and develop underground base and precious mineral deposits. Factors influencing the demand for mineral-related drilling services include commodity prices, growth in the economies of developing countries, international political conditions, inflation, foreign exchange levels, the economic feasibility of mineral exploration and production, the discovery rate of new mineral reserves and the ability of mining companies to access capital for their activities.
     Global consumption of raw materials has been driven by the rapid industrialization and urbanization of countries such as China, India, Brazil and Russia. Development in these countries generates significant demand as their populations consume increasing amounts of base and precious metals for housing, automobiles, electronics and other durable and consumer items.
     The mineral exploration market is currently experiencing an unprecedented challenge in the world financial and credit markets. Many mining companies are choosing to cut their drilling programs or to cancel them in total to conserve cash. It is expected that this market will not improve until financial and credit markets become more readily available. In addition, the current market prices for base metals have limited mining companies’ ability to seek cash for their operations through other avenues which traditionally have been available to them.
     As mineral resources in developed countries are exhausted and new discoveries begin to slow, mining companies have focused attention overseas as an important source of future production. South America and Africa are key markets for future global growth. Mining service companies with operating expertise in challenging regions should be well-positioned to capture an increasing amount of these new projects. In addition to new mine development, technological advancements in drilling and processing allow development of mineral resources previously regarded as uneconomical and should benefit the largest drilling services companies that are leading technical innovation in the mineral exploration marketplace.
Energy
The unconventional natural gas market is generally categorized as a subset of the natural gas market and includes natural gas sourced from coalbeds, shale and tight sands. Large amounts of methane-rich natural gas are generated and stored in coalbeds

2


 

and surrounding shales and sandstones during the coalification process, when plant material is progressively converted to coal. Production of unconventional natural gas is often accompanied by significant environmental and operational challenges, including disposal of large quantities of water, sometimes saline, that are unavoidably produced with the natural gas. According to data from the Energy Information Administration (“EIA”), unconventional natural gas production increased from 15% of all U.S. natural gas production in 1990 to 46% of U.S. natural gas production in 2006. As important, unconventional natural gas contribution is forecasted to grow to 49% of U.S. natural gas production by 2030 based on EIA projections. Factors influencing the demand for unconventional natural gas include levels of consumption, availability of natural gas domestically and commodity prices. The exploration and production of unconventional natural gas domestically is driven by the production and use imbalance of natural gas in the U.S. and the economic feasibility from continued advances in drilling completion and production technology. According to EIA data, the U.S. produces approximately 85% of the natural gas that it consumes each year, with the balance coming from imported natural gas from Canada and from imported liquefied natural gas. Unconventional natural gas is widely accepted to be a primary future source of domestic supply. Our approximately 275,000 gross acres within the Cherokee Basin and New Albany Shale positions us well to provide natural gas to the domestic market.
Business Strategy
Our growth strategy
Our growth strategy is to expand our current product and service offerings and build attractive extensions of our current divisions driven by our core competencies. The key elements of this strategy include:
Expand our bundled service capabilities and geographic platform and focus on industrial end-markets for water and wastewater treatment services
We expect to expand our presence in the water well drilling and development, pump installation, well rehabilitation and specialty drilling markets by executing our proven operating strategies that we believe have made us the leader in each of these fragmented markets. We believe the growth in these market sectors will be driven by bundling products and services and marketing these offerings to a focused group of users of treatment and distribution facilities. These include municipalities, investor-owned water utilities, industrial companies and developers. By offering these services on a bundled basis, we believe we can enable our customers to expedite the typical design-build project. This will allow them to achieve economies and efficiencies over traditional unbundled services, as well as expand our market share among our existing customer base.
     In addition, we are aggressively seeking to expand our water infrastructure market penetration across the U.S. by combining the service offerings provided by our recent acquisitions with our well-established relationships. Cross-selling broad service offerings into our existing base of traditional customers should enable us to expand our market share in the water infrastructure market. We intend to continue our geographic penetration primarily through organic growth, but will also seek acquisition opportunities that facilitate our access to new markets and service capabilities.
     We believe our leading position as a provider of water and wastewater treatment services for small- to medium-sized plants for the municipal end-market enhances our ability to provide complementary services to industrial end-markets. We intend to market our water infrastructure service offerings aggressively to customers in the power generation, pharmaceuticals, food and beverage and other key industrial segments. These end-markets represent large, growing and profitable opportunities that allow us to leverage our existing municipal expertise. Increased water management systems, including boiler water treatment and scrubber wastewater treatment, will be essential to support growth in generating capacity. We expect to leverage our nationwide presence and brand recognition in water infrastructure in marketing our services to these customers.
Continue to take advantage of select market conditions in mineral exploration
We believe that we are well-positioned in many of the strategic geographic locations around the world, particularly in Africa and South America, to take advantage of opportunities in these markets. Our ability to maximize these opportunities is created in part by utilizing our local market expertise and technical competence, combined with access to transferable drilling equipment and employee training and safety programs. We intend to focus on maintenance and efficiency, as well as increased scale of our operations, to improve profitability. We plan to add new rigs and replace existing rigs with more efficient equipment that will increase our capacity to grow revenue and profitability. Our improved efficiency should also help enhance margins for our services.
Develop existing unconventional natural gas opportunities and expand presence in the upstream energy market
We are developing and expanding our existing unconventional natural gas properties in the Cherokee Basin and New Albany Shale as well as seeking opportunities in other areas. Concurrent with the development of our unconventional natural gas properties, we continue to build pipeline and natural gas gathering system infrastructure enhancing our ability to transport natural gas to market. We will continue our unconventional natural gas projects by leveraging our internal resources, engineering and geological expertise and experience in large scale developmental drilling, well completion, exploratory drilling and infrastructure engineering and operations.
Services and Products
Overview of the Company’s Drilling Techniques
The types of drilling techniques employed by the Company in its drilling activities have different applications:
  Conventional and reverse circulation rotary drilling is used primarily in water well applications for drilling large diame-

3


 

    ter wells and employs air or drilling fluid circulation for removal of cuttings and borehole stabilization.
  Dual tube drilling, an innovation advanced by the Company primarily for mineral exploration and environmental drilling, conveys the drill cuttings to the surface inside the drill pipe. This drilling method is critical in mineral exploration drilling and environmental sampling because it provides immediate representative samples and because the drill cuttings do not contact the surrounding formation thus avoiding contamination of the borehole while providing reliable, uncontaminated samples. Because this method involves circulation of the drilling fluid inside the casing, it is highly suitable for penetration of underground voids or faults where traditional drilling methods would result in the loss of circulation of the drilling fluid, thereby preventing further penetration.
  Diamond core drilling is used in mineral exploration drilling to core solid rock, thereby providing geologists and engineers with solid rock samples for evaluation.
  Cable tool drilling, which requires no drilling fluid, is used primarily in water well drilling for larger diameter wells. While slower than other drilling methods, it is well suited for penetrating boulders, cobble and rock.
  Auger drilling is used principally in environmental drilling applications for efficient completion of relatively small diameter, shallow borings or monitoring wells. Auger rigs are equipped with a variety of auger sizes and soil sampling equipment.
  Sonic drilling provides continuous core samples of any overburden formation without the use of water or drilling additives and is able to core and drill through virtually any formation or obstruction, including bedrock. Applications include site assessments, underground storage tank investigation, delineation of contaminants, installation of monitoring wells and recovery wells, construction, geotech investigations, mineral and sand exploration, and discreet water sampling.
Water Infrastructure
We are a leading provider of water systems and water treatment facilities. We offer, on a bundled basis, a comprehensive range of design, construction and maintenance services for municipal, industrial and agricultural water and wastewater systems. We believe our water infrastructure division is the market leader in the water well drilling industry and provides a full suite of water-related products and services.
     The primary services we provide in the water infrastructure division are:
Water Systems — We offer our customers every aspect of a water system, including hydrologic design and construction, source of supply exploration, well and intake construction and pipeline installation. In fiscal 2009, these services and products generated approximately 40% of revenue in the water infrastructure division. The division provides water services in most regions of the U.S. Our target groundwater drilling market consists of high-volume water wells drilled principally for municipal and industrial customers. These wells have more stringent design specifications and are typically deeper and larger in diameter than low-volume residential and agricultural wells. We have strong technical expertise, an in-depth knowledge of U.S. geology and hydrology, a well-maintained modern fleet of appropriately sized drilling equipment and a demonstrated ability to procure sizable performance bonds often required for water related projects.
     Water supply development mainly requires the integration of hydrogeology and engineering with proven knowledge and application of drilling techniques. The drilling methods, size and type of equipment depend upon the depth of the wells and the geological formations encountered at the project site. We have extensive well archives in addition to technical personnel to determine geological conditions and aquifer characteristics. We provide feasibility studies using complex geophysical survey methods and have the expertise to analyze the survey results and define the source, depth and magnitude of an aquifer. We can then estimate recharge rates, specify required well design features, plan well field design and develop water management plans. To conduct these services, we maintain a staff of professional employees, including geological engineers, geologists, hydrogeologists and geophysicists. These attributes enable us to locate suitable water-bearing formations to meet a wide variety of customer requirements.
Well and Pump Rehabilitation — We believe we are the leader in the rehabilitation of wells and well equipment. Our involvement in the initial drilling of a well positions us to win follow-up rehabilitation business, which is generally a higher margin business than well drilling. Such rehabilitation is required periodically during the life of a well. For instance, in locations where the groundwater contains bacteria, iron, or high mineral content, screen openings may become blocked, reducing the capacity and productivity of the well.
     We offer complete diagnostic and rehabilitation services for existing wells, pumps and related equipment through a network of local offices throughout our geographic markets in the U.S. In addition to our well service rigs, we have equipment capable of conducting downhole closed circuit televideo inspections, one of the most effective methods for investigating water well problems, enabling us to effectively diagnose and respond quickly to well and pump performance problems. Our trained and experienced personnel can perform a variety of well rehabilitation techniques, both chemical and mechanical methods; we perform bacteriological well evaluation and water chemistry analyses to complement this effort. We also have the capability and inventory to repair, in our own machine shops, most water well pumps, regardless of manufacturer, as well as to repair well screens, casings and related equipment such as chlorinators, aerators and filtration systems.
Water and Wastewater Treatment and Plant Construction — We are well-positioned to serve the needs of our municipal and industrial customers by providing the design and construction of both water and wastewater treatment plants. Continued population growth in water-challenged regions and more stringent regulatory requirements lead to increasing needs to conserve water resources and control contaminants and impurities. For the design and construction of integrated water treatment facilities and the provision of filter media and membranes, we focus

4


 

on our traditional customer base served in our water well service businesses. We offer complete water treatment solutions for various groundwater contaminants and impurities, such as volatile organics, nitrates, iron, manganese, arsenic, radium, radon, uranium and perchlorate. These design and construction solutions typically involve proprietary treatment media and filtration methods, as well as treatment equipment installed at or near the wellhead, including chlorinators, aerators, filters and controls. These services are provided in connection with surface water intakes, pumping stations and groundwater pump stations. In addition to our traditional treatment equipment and filtration media, we are actively expanding our offerings and expertise in membrane filtration technologies. We believe our proprietary technology, expertise and reputation in the industry will set us apart from competitors in this market.
Sewer Rehabilitation — We have the capability to provide a full range of rehabilitation services through traditional pipeline replacement or trenchless, cured-in-place pipe (“CIPP”) technologies through our Inliner product line. CIPP is a rehabilitation method that allows existing sewer pipelines to be repaired without the need for extensive excavation and the resultant disruption of traffic flow and other services. We continually explore new rehabilitation processes and technology.
Environmental Specialty Drilling — Customers use our environmental drilling services to assist in assessing, investigating, monitoring and characterizing water quality and aquifer parameters. The customers are typically national and regional consulting firms engaged by federal and state agencies, as well as industrial companies that need to assess, define or clean up groundwater contamination sources. We offer a wide range of environmental drilling services including: investigative drilling, installation and testing of monitoring wells to assist the customer in determining the extent of groundwater contamination, installation of recovery wells that extract contaminated groundwater for treatment, which is known as pump and treat remediation, and specialized site safety programs associated with drilling at contaminated sites. In our environmental health sciences department, we employ a full-time staff qualified to prepare site specific health and safety plans for hazardous waste cleanup sites as required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”).
Mineral Exploration
Together with our Latin American affiliates, we are one of the three largest providers of drilling services for the global mineral exploration industry. Global mining companies hire us to extract samples from a site that the mining companies analyze for mineral content before investing heavily in development. Our drilling services require a high level of expertise and technical competence because the samples extracted must be free of contamination and accurately reflect the underlying mineral deposit.
     Our mineral exploration division conducts aboveground and underground drilling activities, including all phases of core drilling, reverse circulation, dual tube, hammer and rotary air-blast methods. Our service offerings include both exploratory and definitional drilling. Exploratory drilling is conducted to determine if there is a minable mineral deposit, which is known as an orebody, on the site. Definitional drilling is typically conducted at a site to assess whether it would be economical to mine and to assist in mapping the mine layout. The demand for our definitional drilling services increases in recent years as new and less expensive mining techniques make it feasible to mine previously uneconomical orebodies.
     Our services are used primarily by major gold and copper producers and to a lesser extent, other base metal producers. Work for gold mining customers generates approximately half of the business in our mineral exploration division. The success of our mineral exploration division is closely tied to global commodity prices and demand for our global mining customers’ products. Our primary markets are in the western U.S., Alaska Canada, Mexico, Australia, Brazil and Africa. We also have ownership interests in foreign affiliates operating in Latin America that form our primary presence in this market.
Energy
Our energy business operates primarily in the midwestern U.S, and includes the exploration for, and acquisition, development, and production of, unconventional natural gas.
     According to the EIA, the production rate of conventional natural gas is declining, while consumption of natural gas and other cleaner-burning fuels is increasing. Unconventional natural gas burns with essentially the same efficiency as natural gas, and we believe it is an attractive substitute fuel source in the marketplace for conventional resources.
     We have developed expertise in the complex geology and engineering techniques needed to effectively develop multi-zone wells in the midwestern U.S., primarily the Cherokee Basin and New Albany Shale. As of January 31, 2009, we had approximately 275,000 gross acres under lease and 582 gross producing wells. Production from these wells increases more slowly than conventional natural gas wells and generally takes 18-24 months to reach full capacity. However, their life span is significantly longer than conventional natural gas wells. We estimate that the average life span of our current wells is approximately 15-20 years. Additionally, we continue to lease acreage for purposes of expanding our development potential. We believe the increasing demand for cleaner-burning fuels and increasingly stringent regulatory limitations to ensure air quality will have a favorable impact on the price for such fuels.
     We use fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts to manage price fluctuation associated with our production of unconventional natural gas and achieve a more predictable cash flow. These derivative financial instruments limit our exposure to declines in prices, but also limit the benefits if prices increase. These instruments would not fully protect us from a decline in natural gas prices. As of January 31, 2009, the Company held contracts for physical delivery of 6,183,000 million British Thermal Units (“MMBtu”) of natural gas through March 31, 2010, at prices ranging from $7.68 to $8.52 per MMBtu through March 2009, and from $7.61 to $10.67 per MMBtu from April 2009 through March 2010.

5


 

Operations
We operate on a decentralized basis, with approximately 81 sales and operations offices located in most regions of the United States as well as in Australia, Africa, Mexico, Canada, Brazil and Italy. In addition, our foreign affiliates operate out of locations in South America and Mexico.
     We are primarily organized around division presidents responsible for water infrastructure, mineral exploration and energy. Division vice presidents are responsible for geographic regions or product lines within each division and district managers are in charge of individual district office profit centers. The district managers report to their respective divisional vice president on a regular basis. Our primary marketing activities for our water infrastructure division are through the Company’s sales engineers and project managers who cultivate and maintain contacts with existing and potential customers. We also maintain a business development effort on a national basis which seeks opportunities with industrial customers. In this way, we learn of and are in a position to compete for proposed projects. In addition, water infrastructure personnel monitor industry publications for upcoming bid opportunities.
     In our foreign affiliates, where we do not have majority ownership or operating control, day-to-day operating decisions are made by local management. We manage our interests in our foreign affiliates through regular management meetings and analysis of comprehensive operating and financial information. For our significant foreign affiliates, we have entered into shareholder agreements that give us limited board representation rights and require super-majority votes in certain circumstances.
Customers and Contracts
Each of our service and product lines has major customers; however, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenues in any of the past three fiscal years.
     Generally, we negotiate our service contracts with industrial and mining companies and other private entities, while our service contracts with municipalities are generally awarded on a bid basis. Our contracts vary in length depending upon the size and scope of the project. The majority of such contracts are awarded on a fixed price basis, subject to change of circumstance and force majeure adjustments, while a smaller portion are awarded on a cost plus basis. Substantially all of the contracts are cancelable for, among other reasons, the convenience of the customer.
     In the water infrastructure division, our customers are typically municipalities and local operations of industrial businesses. Of our water infrastructure revenues in fiscal 2009, approximately 68% were derived from municipalities and approximately 11% were derived from industrial customers while the balance was derived from other customer groups. The term “municipalities” includes local water districts, water utilities, cities, counties and other local governmental entities and agencies that have the responsibility to provide water supplies to residential and commercial users. In the drilling of new water wells, we target customers that require compliance with detailed and demanding specifications and regulations and that often require bonding and insurance, areas in which we believe we have competitive advantages due to our drilling expertise and financial resources.
     Customers for our mineral exploration services are primarily gold and copper producers. Our largest customers in our mineral exploration drilling business are multi-national corporations headquartered primarily in the United States, Brazil, Europe and Canada.
     We market our unconventional gas production to large energy pipeline companies and local industrial customers.
Backlog
We track backlog only in our water infrastructure division as we do not believe it has any significance for our other businesses. Our backlog consists of the expected gross revenues associated with executed contracts, or portions thereof, not yet performed by the Company. Backlog is not necessarily a short term business indicator as there can be significant variability in the composition of the contracts and the timing of completion of the services. Our backlog for the water infrastructure division was $427.9 million at January 31, 2009, compared to $408.4 million at January 31, 2008. Our backlog as of year-end is generally completed within the following 12 to 24 months.
Seasonality
Our domestic drilling and construction activities and related revenues and earnings tend to decrease in the winter months when adverse weather conditions interfere with access to project sites. Additionally, our international mineral exploration customers tend to slow drilling activities surrounding the Christmas and New Year’s holidays. As a result, our revenues and earnings in the first and fourth quarters tend to be less than revenues and earnings in the second and third quarters.
Competition
Our competition for our water infrastructure division’s bundled construction services are primarily local and national specialty general contractors. Our competition in the water well drilling business consists primarily of small, local water well drilling operations and some larger regional competitors. Oil and conventional natural gas well drillers generally do not compete in the water well drilling business because the typical well depths are greater for oil and conventional natural gas and, to a lesser extent, the technology and equipment utilized in these businesses are different. Only a small percentage of all companies that perform water well drilling services have the technical competence and drilling expertise to compete effectively for high-volume municipal and industrial projects, which typically are more demanding than projects in the agricultural or residential well markets. In addition, smaller companies often do not have the financial resources or bonding capacity to compete for large projects. However, there are no proprietary technologies or other significant factors which prevent other firms from entering these local or regional markets or from consolidating into larger

6


 

companies more comparable in size to us. Water well drilling work is usually obtained on a competitive bid basis for municipalities, while work for industrial customers is obtained on a negotiated or informal bid basis.
     As is the case in the water well drilling business, the well and pump rehabilitation business is characterized by a large number of relatively small competitors. We believe only a small percentage of the companies performing these services have the technical expertise necessary to diagnose complex problems, perform many of the sophisticated rehabilitation techniques we offer or repair a wide range of pumps in their own facilities. In addition, many of these companies have only a small number of pump service rigs. Rehabilitation projects are typically negotiated at the time of repair or contracted for in advance depending upon the lead time available for the repair work. Since well and pump rehabilitation work is typically negotiated on an emergency basis or within a relatively short period of time, those companies with available rigs and the requisite expertise have a competitive advantage by being able to respond quickly to repair requests.
     Treatment plant and pipeline competitors consist mostly of a few national companies. The majority of the municipal market is contracted through a public bidding process. While the majority of the market is still price driven, a growing trend supports best value proposals.
     Our mineral exploration division competes with a number of drilling companies as well as vertically integrated mining companies that conduct their own exploration drilling activities, and some of these competitors have greater capital and other resources than we have. In the mineral exploration drilling market, we compete based on price, technical expertise and reputation. We believe we have a well-recognized reputation for expertise and performance in this market. Mineral exploration drilling work is typically performed on a negotiated basis.
     In the natural gas energy production market, we compete for leases, assets, services and pipeline capacity with numerous upstream oil and natural gas production companies, many of which have greater capital and other resources than we have. In our current operations, we are not constrained by the availability of a market for our production, but do compete with other exploration and production companies for mineral leases and rights-of-way in our areas of interest.
Regulation
The services we provide are subject to various licensing, permitting, approval and reporting requirements imposed by federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations are subject to inspection and regulation by various governmental agencies, including the Department of Transportation, OSHA and MSHA in the U.S. as well as their counterparts in foreign countries. In addition, our activities are subject to regulation under various environmental laws regarding emissions to air, discharges to water and management of wastes and hazardous substances. To the extent we fail to comply with these various regulations, we could be subject to monetary fines, suspension of operations and other penalties. In addition, these and other laws and regulations affect our mineral exploration customers and influence their determination whether to conduct mineral exploration and development. We have not and do not expect to incur significant capital expenditures to remain in compliance with these various environmental control regulations.
     Many states require regulatory mandated construction permits which typically specify that wells be constructed in accordance with applicable statutes. Various state, local and foreign laws require that water wells and monitoring wells be installed by licensed well drillers. We maintain well drilling and contractor’s licenses in those jurisdictions in which we operate and in which such licenses are required. In addition, we employ licensed engineers, geologists and other professionals necessary to the conduct of our business. In those circumstances in which we do not have a required professional license, we subcontract that portion of the work to a firm employing the necessary licensed professionals.
Applicable Legislation
There are a number of complex foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws which impact the demand for our environmental drilling services. For example, we currently provide a variety of services for individuals and entities that have either been ordered by the EPA or a comparable state agency to clean up certain contaminated property, or are investigating whether a particular piece of property contains any contaminants. These services include soil and groundwater testing done in connection with environmental audits, investigative drilling to determine the presence of hazardous substances, monitoring wells to detect the extent of contamination present in the groundwater and recovery wells to recover certain contaminants from the groundwater. A change in these laws, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement of the laws, could have a material effect on us.
Employees
At January 31, 2009, we had approximately 3,600 employees, approximately 460 of whom were members of collective bargaining units represented by locals affiliated with major labor unions in the U.S. We believe that our relationship with our employees is satisfactory. In all of our service lines, an important competitive factor is technical expertise. As a result, we emphasize the training and development of our personnel. Periodic technical training is provided for senior field employees covering such areas as pump installation, drilling technology and electrical troubleshooting. In addition, we emphasize strict adherence to all health and safety requirements and offer incentive pay based upon achievement of specified safety goals. This emphasis encompasses developing site-specific safety plans, ensuring regulatory compliance and training employees in regulatory compliance and good safety practices. Training includes an OSHA-mandated 40-hour hazardous waste and emergency response training course as well as the required annual eight-hour updates. We have a safety department staff which allows us to offer such training in-house. This staff also prepares health and safety plans for specific sites and provides input and analysis for the health and safety plans prepared by others.

7


 

     On average, our field supervisors and drillers have 22 and 13 years, respectively, of experience with us. Many of our professional employees have advanced academic backgrounds in agricultural, chemical, civil, industrial, geological and mechanical engineering, geology, geophysics and metallurgy. We believe that our size and reputation allow us to compete effectively for highly qualified professionals.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various other matters of litigation, claims and disputes which have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date of this annual report, there are no pending material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which our property is subject, other than the Levelland complaint as discussed in Item 3.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below with all of the other information contained or incorporated by reference in this annual report before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, they may materially harm our business and our financial condition and results of operations. In this event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Relating To Our Business And Industry
Demand for our services is vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in private industry and municipal spending. If general economic conditions continue or weaken and current constraints on the availability of capital continue, then our revenues, profits and our financial condition may decline.
Our customers are vulnerable to general downturns in the domestic and international economies. Consequently, our results of operations could fluctuate depending on the demand for our services.
     Due to the current economic downturn and the tightening in the credit markets, many of our customers will face considerable budget shortfalls or are delaying capital spending that will decrease the overall demand for our services. In addition, our customers may find it more difficult to raise capital in the future due to substantial limitations on the availability of credit and other uncertainties in the municipal and general credit markets.
     We also expect current economic conditions to impact pricing for our services. Our customers may demand lower pricing as a condition of continuing our services. Negotiated prices for future work may also be impacted. We expect to see an increase in the number of competitors as other companies that do not normally operate in our markets enter seeking contracts to keep their resources employed.
     As a result of the above conditions, our revenues, net income and overall financial condition may decline.
A decline in municipal spending on water treatment and wastewater infrastructure could reduce our revenue.
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, approximately 68% of our water infrastructure division revenue was derived from contracts with governmental entities or agencies. Reduced tax revenue in certain regions, or inability to access traditional sources of credit, may limit spending and new development by local municipalities, which in turn may adversely affect the demand for our services in these regions. Reductions in spending by municipalities or local governmental agencies could reduce demand for our services and reduce our revenue.
A reduction in demand for our mineral exploration and development services could reduce our revenue.
Demand for our mineral exploration services depends in significant part upon the level of mineral exploration and development activities conducted by mining companies, particularly with respect to gold and copper. Mineral exploration is highly speculative and is influenced by a variety of factors, including the prevailing prices for various metals, which often fluctuate widely. In addition, the price of gold is affected by numerous factors, including international economic trends, currency exchange fluctuations, expectations for inflation, speculative activities, consumption patterns, purchases and sales of gold bullion holdings by central banks and others, world production levels and political events. In addition to prevailing prices for minerals, mineral exploration activity is influenced by the following factors:
  global and domestic economic considerations;
 
  the economic feasibility of mineral exploration and production;
 
  the discovery rate of new mineral reserves;
 
  national and international political conditions; and
 
  the ability of mining companies to access or generate sufficient funds to finance capital expenditures for their activities.
     A material decrease in the rate of mineral exploration and development will reduce the revenue generated by our mineral exploration division. Based on current global economic uncertainties, we expect overall exploration spending, and our revenues, to decrease at least in the short term.
Because our businesses are seasonal, our results can fluctuate significantly, which could make it difficult to evaluate our business and could cause instability in the market price of our common stock.
We periodically have experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including the following:
  the timing of the award and completion of contracts;
 
  the recording of related revenue; and
 
  unanticipated additional costs incurred on projects.
In addition, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, force majeure and other similar events can curtail our operations in various regions of the world throughout the year, resulting in performance delays and increased costs. Moreover, our domes-

8


 

tic activities and related revenue and earnings tend to decrease in the winter months when adverse weather conditions interfere with access to drilling or other construction sites. As a result, our revenue and earnings in the second and third quarters tend to be higher than revenue and earnings in the first and fourth quarters. Accordingly, as a result of the foregoing as well as other factors, our quarterly results should not be considered indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any full fiscal year.
Our use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting could result in a reduction or reversal of previously recorded results.
Our revenue on large water infrastructure contracts is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis for individual contracts based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenue in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
We may experience cost overruns on our fixed-price contracts, which could reduce our profitability.
A significant number of our contracts contain fixed prices and generally assign responsibility to us for cost overruns for the subject projects. Under such contracts, prices are established in part on cost and scheduling estimates, which are based on a number of assumptions, including assumptions about future economic conditions, prices and availability of materials, labor and other requirements. Inaccurate estimates, or changes in other circumstances, such as unanticipated technical problems, difficulties obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, cost of raw materials, or our suppliers’ or subcontractors’ inability to perform, could result in substantial losses. As a result, cost and gross margin may vary from those originally estimated and, depending upon the size of the project, variations from estimated contract performance could affect our operating results for a particular quarter. Many of our contracts also are subject to cancellation by the customer upon short notice with limited or no damages payable to us.
We have indebtedness and other contractual commitments that could limit our operating flexibility, and in turn, hinder our ability to make payments on the obligations, lessen our ability to make capital expenditures and/or increase the cost of obtaining additional financing.
As of January 31, 2009, our total indebtedness was $46.7 million, our total liabilities were $263 million and our total assets were $719 million. The current tightness in the credit markets and the terms of our credit agreements could have important consequences to stockholders, including the following:
  our ability to obtain any necessary financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes may be limited or financing may be unavailable;
 
  a portion of our cash flow must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and other obligations and will not be available for use in our business;
 
  our level of indebtedness could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we operate; and
 
  our credit agreements contain various operating and financial covenants that could restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, make investments and acquisitions, transfer or sell assets, and transact with affiliates.
     If we fail to make required debt payments, or if we fail to comply with other covenants in our credit agreements, we would be in default under the terms of these and other indebtedness agreements. This may result in the holders of the indebtedness accelerating repayment of this debt.
There may be undisclosed liabilities associated with our acquisitions.
In connection with any acquisition made by us, there may be liabilities that we fail to discover or are unable to discover including liabilities arising from non-compliance with laws and regulations by prior owners for which we, as successor owners, may be responsible.
A significant portion of our earnings is generated from our operations, and those of our affiliates, in foreign countries, and political and economic risks in those countries could reduce or eliminate the earnings we derive from those operations.
Our earnings are significantly impacted by the results of our operations in foreign countries. Our foreign operations are subject to certain risks beyond our control, including the following:
  political, social and economic instability;
 
  war and civil disturbances;
 
  the taking of property through nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation;
 
  changes in government policies and regulations;
 
  tariffs, taxes and other trade barriers;
 
  exchange controls and limitations on remittance of dividends or other payments to us by our foreign subsidiaries and affiliates; and
 
  devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
     Some of our contracts are not denominated in dollars, and, other than on a selected basis, we do not engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. An exchange rate fluctuation between the U.S. dollar and other currencies may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
     We perform work at mining operations in countries which have experienced instability in the past, or may experience instability in the future. The mining industry is subject to regulation by governments around the world, including the regions in

9


 

which we have operations, relating to matters such as environmental protection, controls and restrictions on production, and, potentially, nationalization, expropriation or cancellation of contract rights, as well as restrictions on conducting business in such countries. In addition, in our foreign operations we face operating difficulties, including political instability, workforce instability, harsh environmental conditions and remote locations. We do not maintain political risk insurance. Adverse events beyond our control in the areas of our foreign operations could reduce the revenue derived from our foreign operations to the extent that contractual provisions and bilateral agreements between countries may not be sufficient to guard our interests.
Reductions in the market price of gold could significantly reduce our profit.
World gold prices historically have fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including;
  the strength of the U.S. economy and the economies of other industrialized and developing nations;
 
  global or regional political or economic crises;
 
  the relative strength of the U.S. dollar and other currencies;
 
  expectations with respect to the rate of inflation;
 
  interest rates;
 
  sales of gold by central banks and other holders;
 
  demand for jewelry containing gold; and
 
  speculation.
Any material decrease in the market price of gold could reduce the demand for our mineral exploration services and reduce our profits.
Reductions in natural gas prices could further reduce our revenue and profit and curtail our future growth.
Our revenue, profitability and future growth and the carrying value of our natural gas properties depend to a large degree on prevailing natural gas prices. Prices for natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply and demand for natural gas, uncertainties within the market and a variety of other factors beyond our control. These factors include weather conditions in the U.S., the condition of the U.S. economy, governmental regulation and the availability of alternative fuel sources.
     A sharp or sustained decline in the price of natural gas would result in a commensurate reduction in our revenue, income and cash flow from the production of unconventional natural gas and could have a material adverse effect on the carrying value of our natural gas properties and the amount of our natural gas reserves. In the event prices fall substantially, we may not be able to realize a profit from our production. In recent decades, there have been periods of both worldwide overproduction and underproduction of hydrocarbons and periods of both increased and relaxed energy conservation efforts. Such conditions have resulted in periods of excess supply of, and reduced demand for natural gas. These periods have been followed by periods of short supply of, and increased demand for, natural gas.
     Lower natural gas prices may not only decrease our revenue, profitability and cash flow, but also reduce the amount of natural gas that we can produce economically. This may result in our having to make additional downward adjustments to our estimated proved reserves which could be substantial. Further decreases in natural gas prices would render a significant number of our planned exploration projects uneconomical. If this occurs, or if our estimates of development costs increase, production data factors change or drilling results deteriorate, we may be required to further write down the carrying value of our natural gas properties for impairments as a non-cash charge to earnings. We perform impairment tests on our assets periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances warrant a review of our assets. To the extent such tests indicate a reduction of the estimated useful life or estimated future cash flow of our assets, the carrying value may not be recoverable and may, therefore, require a write-down of such carrying value. We may incur additional impairment charges in the future, which could reduce net income in the period incurred.
The current turmoil in the credit markets and poor economic conditions could negatively impact the credit worthiness of our financial counterparties.
Although we evaluate the credit capacity of our financial counterparties, current global economic conditions could negatively impact their ability to access credit. The risks of such reduction in credit capacity include:
  non-performance of institutions with whom we negotiate gas forward pricing contracts;
 
  viability of institutions holding our cash deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits; and
 
  ability of institutions with whom we have lines of credit to allow access to those funds.
If these institutions fail to fulfill their commitments to us, our access to operating cash could be restricted.
Our derivative financial instruments may not fully protect us from changes in natural gas prices.
We are exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas and have entered into fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts to manage natural gas price risk for a portion of our production. The prices at which we enter into derivative financial instruments covering our production in the future will be dependent upon commodity prices at the time we enter into these transactions, which may be substantially lower than current natural gas prices. Accordingly, our commodity price risk management strategy will not protect us from significant and sustained declines in natural gas prices received for our future production. We may not be able to obtain contracts at rates commensurate with our current contracts. Conversely, our commodity price risk management strategy may limit our ability to realize cash flow from commodity price increases. As of January 31, 2009, we had committed to deliver 6,183,000 million MMBtu of natural gas through March 2010 at prices ranging from $7.68 to $8.52 per MMBtu through March 2009, and from

10


 

$7.61 to $10.67 per MMBtu from April 2009 through March 2010.
The development of unconventional natural gas properties is capital intensive and involves assumptions and speculation that may result in a total loss of investment.
The business of exploring for and, to a lesser extent, developing and operating unconventional natural gas properties involves a high degree of business and financial risk that even a combination of experience, knowledge and careful evaluation may not be able to overcome. We intend to make additional investments in our energy division and intend to continue to develop our existing properties and seek opportunities to lease additional acreage in the Cherokee Basin and other areas. Such expansion will require significant capital expenditure. We may drill wells that are unproductive or, although productive, do not produce natural gas in economic quantities. Acquisition and well completion decisions generally are based on subjective judgments and assumptions that are speculative. It is impossible to predict with certainty the production potential of a particular property or well. Furthermore, a successful completion of a well does not ensure a profitable return on the investment. A variety of geological, operational, or market-related factors, including unusual or unexpected geological formations, pressures, equipment failures or accidents, fires, explosions, blowouts, cratering, pollution and other environmental risks, shortages or delays in the availability of drilling rigs and the delivery of equipment, inability to renew leases relating to producing properties, loss of circulation of drilling fluids or other conditions may substantially delay or prevent completion of any well, or otherwise prevent a property or well from being profitable.
If we are unable to find, develop and acquire additional unconventional natural gas reserves that will be commercially viable for production, our reserves and revenue from our energy division would decline.
The rate of production from unconventional natural gas properties declines as reserves are depleted. As a result, we must locate and develop or acquire new reserves to replace those being depleted by production. Without successful development or acquisition activities, our reserves and revenue from our energy division will decline. Some of our competitors in the energy business are larger, more established companies with substantially greater resources, and in many instances they have been engaged in the unconventional natural gas extraction business for longer than we have. These companies may have acquisition and development strategies that are more aggressive than ours and may be able to acquire more unconventional natural gas properties or develop their existing properties much faster than we can. We endeavor to discover new economically feasible natural gas reserves at least commensurate with the depletion of our existing reserves through production. Our inability to acquire larger reserves of unconventional natural gas and potential delays in the expansion of our unconventional natural gas division may prevent us from gaining market share and reduce our revenue and profitability. We may not be able to find and develop or acquire additional reserves at an acceptable cost or have necessary financing for these activities in the future. In addition, drilling activity within a particular area that we lease may be unsuccessful and exploration activities may not lead to commercial discoveries of unconventional natural gas. Further, we may also have to venture into more hostile environments, both politically and geographically, where exploration, development and production of unconventional natural gas will be more technologically challenging and expensive.
Our estimated proved reserves are based on many assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Any material inaccuracies in these reserve estimates or underlying assumptions could materially reduce the quantities and present value of our reserves.
It is not possible to measure underground accumulations of natural gas in an exact way. Natural gas reserve engineering requires subjective estimates of underground accumulations of natural gas and assumptions concerning future natural gas prices, production levels and operating and development costs. In estimating our level of natural gas reserves, we and our independent reserve engineers make certain assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, including assumptions relating to:
  a constant level of future natural gas prices;
 
  geological conditions;
 
  production levels;
 
  capital expenditures;
 
  operating and development costs;
 
  the effects of regulation; and
 
  availability of funds.
     If these assumptions prove to be incorrect, our estimates of proved reserves, the economically recoverable quantities of natural gas attributable to any particular group of properties, the classifications of reserves based on risk of recovery and our estimates of the future net cash flow from our reserves could change significantly. For example, if natural gas prices at January 31, 2009, had been $1.00 less per Mcf, then the standardized measure of our proved reserves as of that date would have decreased by $4 million, from $40 million to $36 million, and our estimated net proved reserves would have decreased by 4.7 Bcfe, from 16.6 Bcfe to 11.9 Bcfe.
     The standardized measure of discounted cash flow is the present value of estimated future net revenue to be generated from the production of proved reserves, determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC (using prices and costs in effect as of the date of estimation), less future development, production and income tax expenses, and discounted at 10% per annum to reflect the timing of future net revenue. Over time, we may make material changes to reserve estimates to take into account changes in our assumptions and the results of actual drilling and production.
     The present value of future net cash flow from our estimated proved reserves is not necessarily the same as the current market value of our estimated proved reserves. We base the estimated discounted future net cash flow from our estimated proved reserves on prices and costs in effect on the day of esti-

11


 

mate. However, actual future net cash flow from our natural gas properties also will be affected by factors such as:
  the actual prices we receive for natural gas;
 
  our actual operating costs in producing natural gas;
 
  the amount and timing of actual production;
 
  the amount and timing of our capital expenditures;
 
  the supply of and demand for natural gas; and
 
  changes in governmental regulations or taxation.
     The timing of both our production and our incurrence of expenses in connection with the development and production of natural gas properties will affect the timing of actual future net cash flow from proved reserves, and thus their actual present value. In addition, the 10% discount factor we use when calculating discounted future net cash flow in compliance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69, Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities, may not be the most appropriate discount factor based on interest rates in effect from time to time and risks associated with us or the natural gas industry in general.
If we are unable to obtain bonding at acceptable rates, our operating costs could increase.
A significant portion of our projects require us to procure a bond to secure performance. With a decreasing number of insurance providers in that market, it may be difficult to find sureties who will continue to provide contract required bonding at acceptable rates. With respect to our joint ventures, our ability to obtain a bond may also depend on the credit and performance risks of our joint venture partners, some of whom may not be as financially strong as we are. Our inability to obtain bonding on favorable terms or at all would increase our operating costs and inhibit our ability to execute projects.
Fluctuations in the prices of raw materials could increase our operating costs.
We purchase a significant amount of steel for use in connection with all of our businesses. We also purchase a significant volume of fuel to operate our trucks and equipment. The manufacture of materials used in our rehabilitation business is dependent upon the availability of resin, a petroleum-based product. At present, we do not engage in any type of hedging activities to mitigate the risks of fluctuating market prices for oil, steel or fuel and increases in the price of these materials may increase our operating costs.
The dollar amount of our backlog, as stated at any given time, is not necessarily indicative of our future earnings.
As of January 31, 2009, the backlog in our water infrastructure division was approximately $428 million. This consists of the expected gross revenue associated with executed contracts, or portions thereof, not yet performed by us. We cannot assure that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profit. Further, project terminations, suspensions or adjustments in scope may occur with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. Reductions in backlog due to cancellation by a customer or scope adjustments adversely affect, potentially to a material extent, the revenue and profit we actually receive from such backlog. We may be unable to complete some projects included in our backlog in the estimated time and, as a result, such projects could remain in the backlog for extended periods of time. Estimates are reviewed periodically and appropriate adjustments are made to the amounts included in backlog. Our backlog as of year end is generally completed within the following 12 to 24 months. Our backlog does not include any awards for work expected to be performed more than three years after the date of our financial statements. The amount of future actual awards may be more or less than our estimates.
Our failure to meet the schedule or performance requirements of our contracts could harm our reputation, reduce our client base and curtail our future operations.
In certain circumstances, we guarantee contract completion by a scheduled acceptance date. Failure to meet any such schedule could result in additional costs, and the amount of such additional costs could exceed projected profit margins. These additional costs include liquidated damages paid under contractual penalty provisions, which can be substantial and can accrue on a daily basis. In addition, our actual costs could exceed our projections. Performance problems for existing and future contracts could increase the anticipated costs of performing those contracts and cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and our client base, which would harm our future business.
If we cannot obtain third-party subcontractors at reasonable rates, or if their performance is unsatisfactory, our profit could be reduced.
We rely on third-party subcontractors to complete some of our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for subcontracted services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price work, we could experience reduced profits or losses in the performance of these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor is unable to deliver its services according to the negotiated terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition, we may be required to purchase the services from another source at a higher price, which could reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services were needed.
Professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims against us could reduce our revenue.
Any accidents or system failures in excess of insurance limits at locations that we engineer or construct or where our products are installed or where we perform services could result in significant professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims against us. Further, the construction projects we perform expose us to additional risks, including cost overruns, equipment failures, personal injuries, property damage, shortages of

12


 

materials and labor, work stoppages, labor disputes, weather problems and unforeseen engineering, architectural, environmental and geological problems. In addition, once our construction is complete, we may face claims with respect to the work performed.
If our joint venture partners default on their performance obligations, we could be required to complete their work under our joint venture arrangements, which could reduce our profit or result in losses.
We sometimes enter into contractual joint ventures in order to develop joint bids on contracts. The success of these joint ventures depends largely on the satisfactory performance of our joint venture partners of their obligations under the joint venture. Under these joint venture arrangements, we may be required to complete our joint venture partner’s portion of the contract if the partner is unable to complete its portion and a bond is not available. In such case, the additional obligations could result in reduced profit or, in some cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture.
Our business is subject to numerous operating hazards, logistical limitations and force majeure events that could significantly reduce our liquidity, suspend our operations and reduce our revenue and future business.
Our drilling and other construction activities involve operating hazards that can result in personal injury or loss of life, damage or destruction of property and equipment, damage to the surrounding areas, release of hazardous substances or wastes and other harm to the environment. To the extent that the insurance protection we maintain is insufficient or ineffective against claims resulting from the operating hazards to which our business is subject, our liquidity could be significantly reduced.
     In addition, our operations are subject to delays in obtaining equipment and supplies and the availability of transportation for the purpose of mobilizing rigs and other equipment, particularly where rigs or mines are located in remote areas with limited infrastructure support. Our business operations are also subject to force majeure events such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and mine accidents or closings. If our drill site or construction operations are interrupted or suspended as a result of any such events, we could incur substantial losses of revenue and future business.
If we are unable to retain skilled workers, or if a work stoppage occurs as a result of disputes relating to collective bargaining agreements, our ability to operate our business could be limited and our revenue could be reduced.
Our ability to remain productive, profitable and competitive depends substantially on our ability to retain and attract skilled workers with expert geological and other engineering knowledge and capabilities. The demand for these workers is high and the supply is limited. An inability to attract and retain trained drillers and other skilled employees could limit our ability to operate our business and reduce our revenue.
     As of January 31, 2009, approximately 13% of our workforce was unionized and 8 of our 33 collective bargaining agreements were scheduled to expire within the next 12 months. To the extent that disputes relating to existing or future collective bargaining agreements arise, a work stoppage could occur. If protracted, a work stoppage could substantially reduce or suspend our operations and reduce our revenue.
If we are not able to demonstrate our technical competence, competitive pricing and reliable performance to potential customers we will lose business to competitors, which would reduce our profit.
We face significant competition and a large part of our business is dependent upon obtaining work through a competitive bidding process. In our water infrastructure division, we compete with many smaller firms on a local or regional level. There are few proprietary technologies or other significant factors which prevent other firms from entering these local or regional markets or from consolidating together into larger companies more comparable in size to our company. Our competitors for our bundled construction services are primarily local and national specialty general contractors. In our mineral exploration division, we compete with a number of drilling companies, the largest being Boart Longyear Group, an Australian public company, and Major Drilling, a Canadian public company. Competition also places downward pressure on our contract prices and profit margins. Intense competition is expected to continue in these markets, and we face challenges in our ability to maintain growth rates. If we are unable to meet these competitive challenges, we could lose market share to our competitors and experience an overall reduction in our profit. Additional competition could reduce our profit.
The cost of complying with complex governmental regulations applicable to our business, sanctions resulting from non-compliance or reduced demand resulting from increased regulations could increase our operating costs and reduce our profit.
Our drilling and other construction services are subject to various licensing, permitting, approval and reporting requirements imposed by federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations are subject to inspection and regulation by various governmental agencies, including the Department of Transportation, OSHA and MSHA of the Department of Labor in the U.S., as well as their counterparts in foreign countries. A major risk inherent in drilling and other construction is the need to obtain permits from local authorities. Delays in obtaining permits, the failure to obtain a permit for a project or a permit with unreasonable conditions or costs could limit our ability to effectively provide our services.
     In addition, these regulations also affect our mining customers and may influence their determination to conduct mineral exploration and development. Future changes in these laws and regulations, domestically or in foreign countries, could cause our customers to incur additional expenses or result in significant restrictions to their operations and possible expansion plans, which could reduce our profit.

13


 

     Our water treatment business is impacted by legislation and municipal requirements that set forth discharge parameters, constrain water source availability and set quality and treatment standards. The success of our groundwater treatment services depends on our ability to comply with the stringent standards set forth by the regulations governing the industry and our ability to provide adequate design and construction solutions cost-effectively.
     Presently, the exploration, development and production of unconventional natural gas is subject to various types of regulation by local, state, foreign and federal agencies, including laws relating to the environment and pollution. We incur certain capital costs to comply with such regulations and expect to continue to make capital expenditures to comply with these regulatory requirements. In addition, these requirements may prevent or delay the commencement or continuance of a given operation and have a substantial impact on the growth of our energy division. Legislation affecting the natural gas industry is under constant review for amendment and expansion of scope and future changes to legislation may impose significant financial and operational burdens on our business. Also, numerous departments and agencies, both federal and state, are authorized by statute to issue and have issued rules and regulations binding on the natural gas industry and its individual members, some of which carry substantial penalties and other sanctions for failure to comply. Any increases in the regulatory burden on the natural gas industry created by new legislation would increase our cost of doing business and, consequently, lower our profitability.
Our activities are subject to environmental regulation that could increase our operating costs or suspend our ability to operate our business.
We are required to comply with foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding health and safety and the protection of the environment, including those governing the storage, use, handling, transportation, discharge and disposal of hazardous substances in the ordinary course of our operations. We are also required to obtain and comply with various permits under current environmental laws and regulations, and new laws and regulations may require us to obtain and comply with additional permits. We may be unable to obtain or comply with, and could be subject to revocation of, permits necessary to conduct our business. The costs of complying with environmental laws, regulations and permits may be substantial and any failure to comply could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions.
     Various foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations may impose liability on us with respect to conditions at our current or former facilities, sites at which we conduct or have conducted operations or activities or any third- party waste disposal site to which we send hazardous wastes. The costs of investigation or remediation at these sites may be substantial. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Compliance with, and liability under, current and future environmental laws, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies or discovery of previously unknown conditions requiring remediation, could increase our operating costs and reduce our revenue.
If our health insurance, liability insurance or workers’ compensation insurance is insufficient to cover losses resulting from claims or hazard, if we are unable to cover our deductible obligations or if we are unable to obtain insurance at reasonable rates, our operating costs could increase and our profit could decline.
Although we maintain insurance protection that we consider economically prudent for major losses, we have high deductible amounts for each claim under our health insurance, workers’ compensation insurance and liability insurance. Our current individual claim deductible amount is $200,000 for health insurance, $1,000,000 for liability insurance and $1,000,000 for workers’ compensation. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate funds to cover our deductible obligations or that our insurance will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all claims or hazards to which we may be subject or that we will be able to continue to obtain such insurance protection. In addition, we may not be able to maintain insurance of the types or at levels we deem necessary or adequate or at rates we consider reasonable. A successful claim or damage resulting from a hazard for which we are not fully insured could increase our operating costs and reduce our profit.
Our actual results could differ if the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our financial statements are inaccurate.
To prepare financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., we are required to make estimates and assumptions, as of the date of the financial statements that affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas in which we must make significant estimates include:
  contract costs and profit and application of percentage-of-completion accounting and revenue recognition of contract claims;
 
  recoverability of inventory and application of lower of cost or market accounting;
 
  provisions for uncollectible receivables and customer claims and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, vendors and others;
 
  provisions for income taxes and related valuation allowances;
 
  recoverability of goodwill;
 
  recoverability of other intangibles and related estimated lives;
 
  valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations;
 
  accruals for estimated liabilities; including litigation and insurance reserves; and
 
  calculation of estimated gas reserves.
If these estimates are inaccurate, our actual results could differ.

14


 

The cost of defending litigation or successful claims against us could reduce our profit or significantly limit our liquidity and impair our operations.
We have been and from time to time may be named as a defendant in legal actions claiming damages in connection with drilling or other construction projects and other matters. These are typically actions that arise in the normal course of business, including employment-related claims and contractual disputes or claims for personal injury or property damage that occur in connection with drilling or construction site services. To the extent that the cost of defending litigation or successful claims against us are not covered by insurance, our profit could decline, our liquidity could be significantly reduced and our operations could be impaired.
If we must write off a significant amount of intangible assets or long-lived assets, our earnings will be reduced.
Because we have grown in part through acquisitions, goodwill and other acquired intangible assets represent a substantial portion of our assets. Goodwill was approximately $90 million as of January 31, 2009. If we make additional acquisitions, it is likely that we will record additional intangible assets on our books. We also have long-lived assets consisting of property and equipment and other identifiable intangible assets of $268 million as of January 31, 2009, that are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If a determination that a significant impairment in value of our unamortized intangible assets or long-lived assets occurs, such determination would require us to write off a substantial portion of our assets, which would reduce our earnings.
Difficulties integrating our acquisitions could lower our profit.
From time to time, we have made acquisitions to pursue market opportunities, increase our existing capabilities and expand into new areas of operation. We plan to pursue select acquisitions in the future. If we are unable to identify and complete such acquisitions, our growth strategy could be impaired. In addition, we may encounter difficulties integrating our acquisitions and in successfully managing the growth we expect from the acquisitions. Furthermore, expansion into new businesses may expose us to additional business risks that are different from those we have traditionally experienced. Because we may pursue acquisitions around the world and may actively pursue a number of opportunities simultaneously, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and delays, including difficulties in employing sufficient staff and maintaining operational and management oversight. To the extent we encounter problems in identifying acquisition risks or integrating our acquisitions, our operations could be impaired as a result of business disruptions and lost management time, which could reduce our profit.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, the value of our patents and trademarks and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property rights to protect the proprietary technology and other intellectual property that are instrumental to our water infrastructure, mineral exploration and energy operations. We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, and our use of this intellectual property could result in liability for patent or trademark infringement or unfair competition. Further, through acquisitions of third parties, we may acquire intellectual property that is subject to the same risks as the intellectual property we currently own.
     We may be required to institute litigation to enforce our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, or to protect our trade secrets from time to time. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could reduce our profit or disrupt our business, regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK
The market price of our common stock could be lowered by future sales of our common stock.
Sales by us or our stockholders of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities.
     In addition to outstanding shares eligible for future sale, as of January 31, 2009, 741,441 shares of our common stock were issuable under currently outstanding stock options granted to officers, directors and employees and an additional 467,000 shares are available to be granted under our stock option and employee incentive plans.
     Future sales of these shares of our common stock could decrease our stock price.
Provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law could prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to replace our current management or effect a change of control of our company.
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without consent of our board of directors. In addition, under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock and determine the terms of those shares of stock without any further action by our stockholders. Our issuance of preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock and thereby effect a change in the composition of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent. Our bylaws require advance notice of stockholder proposals and nominations, and permit only our board of directors, or authorized committee designated by our board of directors, to call a special stockholder meeting. These provisions may have the effect of preventing

15


 

or hindering attempts by our stockholders to replace our current management. In addition, Delaware law prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of our capital stock until the holder has held the stock for three years unless, among other possibilities, our board of directors approves the transaction. Our board may use this provision to prevent changes in our management. Also, under applicable Delaware law, our board of directors may adopt additional anti-takeover measures in the future.
     We have approved a stockholders’ rights agreement between us and National City Bank, as rights agent. Pursuant to this agreement, holders of our common stock are entitled to purchase one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of Series A junior participating preferred stock at a price of $75 per one one-hundredth of a share of preferred stock upon certain events. The purchase price is subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits and other similar events. Generally, in the event a person or entity acquires, or initiates a tender offer to acquire, at least 20% of our then outstanding common stock, the rights will become exercisable for common stock having a value equal to two times the purchase price of the right. The existence of the stockholders’ rights agreement may discourage, delay or prevent a third party from effecting a change of control or takeover of our company that our management and board of directors oppose.
     In addition, provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring or merging with us or obtaining control of our company.
We are required to assess and report on our internal controls each year. Findings of inadequate internal controls could reduce investor confidence in the reliability of our financial information.
As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies, including us, to include a report of management on the company’s internal controls over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the public accounting firm auditing our financial statements must report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of each fiscal year end, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could lower our stock price.
We are restricted from paying dividends.
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our initial public offering in 1992, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our current credit arrangements restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.
Our share price could be volatile and could decline, resulting in a substantial or complete loss of your investment. Because the trading of our common stock is characterized by low trading volume, it could be difficult for you to sell the shares of our common stock that you may hold.
The stock markets, including the NASDAQ Global Select Market, on which we list our common stock, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be similarly volatile, and you may experience a decrease in the value of the shares of our common stock that you may hold, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. In addition, the trading of our common stock has historically been characterized by relatively low trading volume, and the volatility of our stock price could be exacerbated by such low trading volumes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various factors or events, including among other things:
  our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
 
  actual or anticipated differences in our operating results;
 
  changes in our revenue or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
 
  publication of research reports about us or our industry by securities analysts;
 
  additions and departures of key personnel;
 
  strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;
 
  the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us or our industry;
 
  speculation in the press or investment community;
 
  actions by institutional stockholders;
 
  changes in accounting principles;
 
  terrorist acts; and
 
  general market conditions, including factors unrelated to our performance.
     These factors may lower the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent you from selling your common stock at or above the price that you paid for the common stock. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may lower the market price of our common stock.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
We have no unresolved comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission staff.
Item 2. Properties and Equipment
Our corporate headquarters are located in Mission Woods, Kansas (a suburb of Kansas City, Missouri), in approximately 46,000 square feet of office space leased by the Company pursuant to a written lease agreement which expires December 31, 2013.

16


 

     As of January 31, 2009, we (excluding foreign affiliates) owned or leased approximately 603 drill and well service rigs throughout the world, a substantial majority of which were located in the United States. This number includes rigs used primarily in each of our service lines as well as multi-purpose rigs. In addition, as of January 31, 2009, our foreign affiliates owned or leased approximately 168 drill rigs.
     Our unconventional gas projects consist of working interests in developed and undeveloped properties primarily located in the Cherokee Basin and New Albany Shale in the midwestern U.S. We also own the gas transportation facilities and equipment that transport the gas produced from our wells.
Natural Gas Reserves
The estimate of natural gas reserves is complex and requires significant judgment in the evaluation of geological, engineering and economic data. The reserve estimates may change substantially over time as a result of additional development activity, market price, production history and viability of production under varying economic conditions. Consequently, significant changes in estimates of existing reserves could occur. Our reserve and standardized measure estimates are based on independent engineering evaluations prepared by Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
                 
    2009   2008
 
Proved developed (MMcf)
    16,289       22,794  
Proved undeveloped (MMcf)
    274       27,258  
 
Total proved reserves (MMcf)
    16,563       50,052  
 
Standardized measure of discounted cash flow (in thousands)
  $ 40,176     $ 86,484  
 
     The standardized measure of discounted cash flow is the present value of estimated future net revenue to be generated from the production of proved reserves, determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC (using prices and costs in effect as of the date of estimation), less future development, production and income tax expenses, and discounted at 10% per annum to reflect the timing of future net revenue. The year-end spot price used in estimating future net revenue was $3.29 and $7.53 per Mcf as of January 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The standardized measure shown should not be construed as the current market value of the reserves. The 10% discount factor used to calculate present value, which is required by FASB pronouncements, is not intended to reflect current market conditions. The present value, no matter what discount rate is used, is materially affected by assumptions as to timing of future production, which may prove to be inaccurate. See the supplemental oil and gas disclosures included in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information pertaining to our natural gas reserves and related information. During 2009, we filed estimates of our natural gas and oil reserves for the year 2008 with the Energy Information Administration of the U. S. Department of Energy on Form EIA-23L. The data on Form EIA-23L was presented on a different basis, and included 100% of the natural gas and oil volumes from our operated properties only, regardless of our net interest. The difference between the natural gas and oil reserves reported on Form EIA-23L and those reported in this report exceeds 5%.
Productive Wells, Production and Acreage
As of January 31, 2009, we had 582 gross producing wells and 581 net producing wells. The following table sets forth revenues from sales of gas and production costs per Mcf. Revenues are presented net of third party interests.
                         
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 7.30     $ 6.45     $ 5.95  
Lease operating expenses
    1.81       1.71       1.46  
Transportation costs
    2.43       2.06       1.88  
Production and property taxes
    0.20       0.18       0.16  
The gross and net acreage on leases expiring in each of the following five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:
                 
    Gross   Net
    Acres   Acres
 
2010
    18,697       18,697  
2011
    34,047       34,047  
2012
    20,263       20,263  
2013
    66,986       66,986  
2014
    31,859       31,859  
Thereafter
    157       157  
Gross and net developed and undeveloped acreage as of the end of our last two fiscal years were as follows:
                 
    Acres
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008
 
Gross developed
    102,009       66,044  
Net developed
    101,802       65,836  
Gross undeveloped
    172,509       192,473  
Net undeveloped
    172,509       192,473  
Drilling Activity
As of January 31, 2009, we had 23 gross and net wells awaiting completion. The table below sets forth the number of wells completed at any time during the period, regardless of when drilling was initiated. Most of the wells expected to be drilled in the next year will be of the development category and in the vicinity of our existing or planned construction pipeline network. Our drilling, abandonment, and acquisition activities for the periods indicated are shown below:
                                                 
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
    Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net
 
Exploratory wells:
                                               
Capable of production
                                   
Dry
                                   
Development wells:
                                               
Capable of production
    116       116       92       104       148       147  
Dry
                                   
Wells abandoned
                                   
Acquired wells
                            14       13  
 
Net increase in capable wells
    116       116       92       104       162       160  
 
The amounts shown as gross and net development wells in 2008 are net of 18 gross and six net wells which were disposed of during the year in exchange for an overriding royalty interest.
Delivery Commitments
The Company, through its gas pipeline operations, sells its gas production primarily to gas marketing firms at the spot market and under fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts.

17


 

The Company expects current production will be sufficient to meet the requirements under the contracts. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for further discussion of the contracts.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
On April 30, 2008, Levelland/Hockley County Ethanol, LLC (“Levelland”) filed a Complaint against the Company in the District Court for Hockley County, Texas. On May 28, 2008, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Lubbock Division. On June 2, 2008, Levelland filed a First Amended Complaint against the Company in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Lubbock Division. Levelland owns an ethanol plant located in Levelland, Texas. In July 2007, Levelland entered into a lease agreement with the Company for certain water treatment equipment for the ethanol plant. Levelland alleges that the equipment leased from the Company fails to treat the water coming into the ethanol plant to required levels. The First Amended Complaint seeks damages for breach of contract, breach of warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act, negligence, negligent misrepresentation and fraud, in connection with the design and construction of the water treatment facility. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claims, intends to vigorously defend against them and does not believe that the claims will have a material effect upon our business or consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     We are involved in various other matters of litigation, claims and disputes which have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date of this annual report, there are no pending material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which our property is subject, other than the Levelland complaint as noted above. We believe that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not, individually and in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon our business or consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company during the last quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009.
Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant
Executive officers of the Company are appointed by the Board of Directors or the President for such terms as shall be determined from time to time by the Board or the President, and serve until their respective successors are selected and qualified or until their respective earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal.
Set forth below are the name, age and position of each executive officer of the Company.
             
Name   Age   Position
 
Andrew B. Schmitt
    60     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jeffrey J. Reynolds
    42     Executive Vice President and Director
Gregory F. Aluce
    53     Senior Vice President and Division President — Water Resources
Eric R. Despain
    60     Senior Vice President and Division President — Mineral Exploration
Steven F. Crooke
    52     Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Jerry W. Fanska
    60     Senior Vice President-Finance and Treasurer
The business experience of each of the executive officers of the Company is as follows:
     Andrew B. Schmitt has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since October 1993. For approximately two years prior to joining the Company, Mr. Schmitt managed two privately-owned hydrostatic pump and motor manufacturing companies and an oil and gas service company. He served as President of the Tri-State Oil Tools Division of Baker Hughes Incorporated from February 1988 to October 1991.
     Jeffrey J. Reynolds became a director and Senior Vice President on September 28, 2005, in connection with the acquisition of Reynolds, Inc. (“Reynolds”) by Layne Christensen. Mr. Reynolds served as the President of Reynolds, a company which provides products and services to the water and wastewater industries, since 2001, and he continues to serve in this capacity with Reynolds as a subsidiary of the Company. On March 30, 2006, Mr. Reynolds was promoted to an Executive Vice President of the Company.
     Gregory F. Aluce has served as Senior Vice President since April 14, 1998. Since September 1, 2001, Mr. Aluce has also served as President of the Company’s water resource division, a component of the water infrastructure division, and is responsible for the Company’s groundwater supply, well and pump rehabilitation and potable water treatment services. Mr. Aluce has over 25 years experience in various areas of the Company’s operations.
     Eric R. Despain has served as Senior Vice President since February 1996. Since September 1, 2001, Mr. Despain has also served as President of the Company’s mineral exploration division and is responsible for the Company’s mineral exploration operations. Prior to joining the Company in December 1995, Mr. Despain was President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of Christensen Boyles Corporation since 1986.
     Steven F. Crooke has served as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel since May 2001. For the period of June 2000 through April 2001, Mr. Crooke served as Corporate Legal Affairs Manager of Huhtamaki Van Leer. Prior to that, he served as Assistant General Counsel of the Company from 1995 to May 2000. On February 1, 2006, Mr. Crooke was promoted to Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel.
     Jerry W. Fanska has served as Vice President Finance and Treasurer since April 1994. Prior to joining Layne Christensen, Mr. Fanska served as corporate controller of The Marley Company since October 1992 and as its Internal Audit Manager

18


 

since April 1984. On February 1, 2006, Mr. Fanska was promoted to Senior Vice President Finance and Treasurer.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
     The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol LAYN. In the year ended January 31, 2009, the Company purchased and subsequently cancelled 5,357 shares of stock related to settlement of withholding obligations. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of the Company’s stock by quarter for fiscal 2009 and 2008, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
                 
Fiscal Year 2009   High   Low
 
First Quarter
  $ 45.83     $ 32.08  
Second Quarter
    53.37       38.79  
Third Quarter
    58.26       16.54  
Fourth Quarter
    27.80       10.36  
                 
Fiscal Year 2008   High   Low
 
First Quarter
  $ 41.81     $ 30.21  
Second Quarter
    46.17       36.36  
Third Quarter
    59.19       38.09  
Fourth Quarter
    58.49       33.83  
At March 18, 2009, there were 104 owners of record of the Company’s common stock.
     The Company has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock. Moreover, the Board of Directors of the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company’s future dividend policy will depend on a number of factors including future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and prospects of the Company and such other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant, as well as restrictions under the Credit Agreement between the Company and Bank of America, as administrative agent for a group of banks, the Master Shelf Agreement between the Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company and Security Life of Denver Insurance Company, and other restrictions which may exist under other credit arrangements existing from time to time. The Credit Agreement and the Master Shelf Agreement limit the cash dividends payable by the Company.
     See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of common stock issued by the Company during the last three years in connection with acquisitions. All such stock was unregistered.

19


 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected historical financial information as of and for each of the five fiscal years ended January 31, 2009, has been derived from the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company completed various acquisitions in each of the fiscal years, which are more fully described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements or in previously filed Forms 10-K. The acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the Company’s consolidated results include the effects of the acquisitions from the date of each acquisition.
     The Company sold various operating companies during 2004 and classified their results as discontinued operations for all years presented. The information below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Item 7 and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
                                         
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
 
Income Statement Data (in thousands, except per share data):
                                       
Revenues
  $ 1,008,063     $ 868,274     $ 722,768     $ 463,015     $ 343,462  
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, depletion, amortization and impairment shown below)
    756,083       638,003       536,373       344,628       250,244  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    136,687       119,937       102,603       69,979       60,214  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    52,840       43,620       32,853       20,024       14,441  
Impairment of oil and gas properties
    28,704                          
Other income (expense):
                                       
Equity in earnings of affiliates
    14,089       8,076       4,452       4,345       2,637  
Interest
    (3,614 )     (8,730 )     (9,781 )     (5,773 )     (3,221 )
Other, net
    3,214       1,229       2,557       900       1,220  
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    47,438       67,289       48,167       27,856       19,199  
Income tax expense
    21,266       30,178       21,915       13,121       9,215  
Minority interest
    362       145             (50 )     (17 )
 
Net income from continuing operations before discontinued operations
    26,534       37,256       26,252       14,685       9,967  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
                      (4 )     (213 )
 
Net income
  $ 26,534     $ 37,256     $ 26,252     $ 14,681     $ 9,754  
 
Basic income per share:
                                       
Net income from continuing operations before discontinued operations
  $ 1.38     $ 2.23     $ 1.71     $ 1.08     $ 0.79  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
                            (0.01 )
 
Net income per share
  $ 1.38     $ 2.23     $ 1.71     $ 1.08     $ 0.78  
 
Diluted income per share:
                                       
Net income from continuing operations before discontinued operations
  $ 1.37     $ 2.20     $ 1.68     $ 1.05     $ 0.77  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
                            (0.02 )
 
Net income per share
  $ 1.37     $ 2.20     $ 1.68     $ 1.05     $ 0.75  
 
Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
                                       
Working capital, including current maturities of debt
  $ 128,610     $ 127,696     $ 66,989     $ 69,996     $ 54,455  
Total assets
    719,357       696,955       547,164       449,335       245,380  
Total long term debt, excluding current maturities
    26,667       46,667       151,600       128,900       60,000  
Total stockholders’ equity
    456,022       423,372       205,034       171,626       104,697  

20


 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto under Item 8.
Cautionary Language Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements may include, but are not limited to, statements of plans and objectives, statements of future economic performance and statements of assumptions underlying such statements, and statements of management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “should,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” “estimate” and similar words or phrases. Such statements are based on current expectations and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to prevailing prices for various commodities, unanticipated slowdowns in the Company’s major markets, the risks and uncertainties normally incident to the exploration for and development and production of oil and gas, the impact of competition, the effectiveness of operational changes expected to increase efficiency and productivity, worldwide economic and political conditions and foreign currency fluctuations that may affect worldwide results of operations. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially and adversely from those anticipated, estimated or projected. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this filing, and the Company assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements.
Management Overview of Reportable Operating Segments
The Company is a multinational company that provides sophisticated drilling and construction services and related products to a variety of markets, as well as operates as a producer of unconventional natural gas for the energy market. Management defines the Company’s operational organizational structure into discrete divisions based on its primary product lines. Each division comprises a combination of individual district offices, which primarily offer similar types of services and serve similar types of markets. Although individual offices within a division may periodically perform services normally provided by another division, the results of those services are recorded in the office’s own division. For example, if a mineral exploration division office performed water well drilling services, the revenues would be recorded in the mineral exploration division rather than the water infrastructure division. The Company’s reportable segments are defined as follows:
Water Infrastructure Division
This division provides a full line of water and wastewater related services and products including hydrological studies, site selection, well design, drilling and well development, pump installation and well rehabilitation. The division’s offerings include the design and construction of treatment facilities and the provision of filter media and membranes to treat volatile organics and other contaminants such as nitrates, iron, manganese, arsenic, radium and radon in groundwater. The division also offers environmental drilling services to assess and monitor groundwater contaminants.
     Through internal growth and acquisitions, the division has continued to expand its capabilities in the areas of the design and build of water and wastewater treatment plants, Ranney collector wells, water treatment product research and development, sewer rehabilitation and water and wastewater transmission lines.
     The division’s operations rely heavily on the municipal sector as approximately 68% of the division’s fiscal 2009 revenues were derived from the municipal market. The municipal sector can be adversely impacted by economic slowdowns. Reduced tax revenues can limit spending and new development by local municipalities. Generally, spending levels in the municipal sector lag an economic recession or recovery.
Mineral Exploration Division
This division provides a complete range of drilling services for the mineral exploration industry. Its aboveground and underground drilling activities include all phases of core drilling, diamond, reverse circulation, dual tube, hammer and rotary air-blast methods.
     Demand for the Company’s mineral exploration drilling services depends upon the level of mineral exploration and development activities conducted by mining companies, particularly with respect to gold and copper. Mineral exploration is highly speculative and is influenced by a variety of factors, including the prevailing prices for various metals that often fluctuate widely and the availability of credit for mining companies. In this connection, the recent decline in the level of mineral exploration and development activities conducted by mining companies is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. It is expected that activity by mining companies will not improve until financial and credit markets become more readily available. The current market prices for base metals have also limited mining companies’ ability to seek cash for their operations through other avenues which have traditionally been available to them.
     The division relies heavily on mining activity in Africa where 33% of total division revenues were generated for fiscal 2009. The Company believes this concentration of risk is mitigated by working for larger international mining companies and the establishment of permanent operating facilities in Africa. Operating difficulties, including but not limited to, political instability, workforce instability, harsh environment, disease and remote locations, all create natural barriers to entry in this

21


 

market by competitors. The Company believes it has positioned itself as the market leader in Africa and has established the infrastructure to operate effectively.
Energy Division
This division focuses on the exploration and production of unconventional gas properties. This division has primarily been concentrated on projects in the mid-continent region of the United States.
     The expansion of the Company’s energy segment is contingent upon significant cash investments to develop the Company’s unproved acreage. As of January 31, 2009, the Company has invested $153,570,000 in oil and gas related assets and expects to spend approximately $15,000,000 in development activities in fiscal 2010.
     The production curve for a typical unconventional gas well in the Company’s operating market is generally 15-20 years. Accordingly, the Company expects to earn a return on its investment through proceeds from gas production over the next 15-20 years.
     However, future revenues and profits will be dependent upon a number of factors including consumption levels for natural gas, commodity prices, the economic feasibility of gas exploration and production and the discovery rate of new gas reserves. The Company has 581 net producing wells on-line as of January 31, 2009.
Other
Other includes two small specialty energy service companies and any other specialty operations not included in one of the other divisions.
     The following table, which is derived from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as discussed in Item 6, presents, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship which certain items reflected in the Company’s Statements of Income bear to revenues and the percentage increase or decrease in the dollar amount of such items period-to-period.
                                         
    Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   Period-to-Period Change
                            2009   2008
Revenues:   2009   2008   2007   vs. 2008   vs. 2007
 
Water infrastructure
    76.1 %     73.7 %     73.6 %     19.9 %     20.2 %
Mineral exploration
    18.7       20.5       20.6       5.8       19.9  
Energy
    4.6       4.6       3.7       16.6       46.8  
Other
    0.6       1.2       2.1       (44.2 )     (29.6 )
 
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     16.1 %     20.1  
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, depletion, amortization and impairment shown below)
    75.0       73.5       74.2       18.5       18.9  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    13.6       13.8       14.2       14.0       16.9  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    5.2       5.0       4.5       21.1       32.8  
Impairment of oil and gas properties
    2.8                   *        
Other income (expense):
                                       
Equity in earnings of affiliates
    1.4       0.9       0.6       74.5       81.4  
Interest
    (0.4 )     (1.0 )     (1.4 )     (58.6 )     (10.7 )
Other, net
    0.3       0.2       0.3       *       (51.9 )
 
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    4.7       7.8       6.6       (29.5 )     39.7  
Income tax expense
    2.1       3.5       3.0       (29.5 )     37.7  
Minority interest
                      *       *  
 
Net income
    2.6 %     4.3 %     3.6 %     (28.8 )%     41.9 %
 
*   not meaningful
Revenues, equity in earnings of affiliates and income before income taxes and minority interest pertaining to the Company’s operating segments are presented on the next page. Unallocated corporate expenses primarily consist of general and administrative functions performed on a company-wide basis and benefiting all operating segments.

22


 

These costs include accounting, financial reporting, internal audit, safety, treasury, corporate and securities law, tax compliance, certain executive management (chief executive officer, chief financial officer and general counsel) and board of directors. Operating segment revenues and income before income taxes and minority interest are summarized as follows:
                         
(in thousands)            
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
 
Revenues
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 766,957     $ 639,584     $ 531,916  
Mineral exploration
    188,918       178,482       148,911  
Energy
    46,352       39,749       27,081  
Other
    5,836       10,459       14,860  
 
Total revenues
  $ 1,008,063     $ 868,274     $ 722,768  
 
Equity in earnings of affiliates
                       
Mineral exploration
  $ 14,089     $ 8,076     $ 4,452  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 48,399     $ 42,995     $ 35,000  
Mineral exploration
    39,260       37,452       26,557  
Energy
    (12,401 )     13,075       10,680  
Other
    1,280       3,696       4,094  
Unallocated corporate expenses
    (25,486 )     (21,199 )     (18,383 )
Interest
    (3,614 )     (8,730 )     (9,781 )
 
Total income before income taxes and minority interest
  $ 47,438     $ 67,289     $ 48,167  
 
Comparison of Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2008
Revenues for fiscal 2009 increased $139,789,000, or 16.1%, to $1,008,063,000 compared to $868,274,000 for fiscal 2008. Revenues were up across all primary divisions. A further discussion of results of operations by division is presented below.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $136,687,000 for fiscal 2009 compared to $119,937,000 for fiscal 2008 (13.6% and 13.8% of revenues, respectively). The increase was primarily the result of $7,497,000 in expenses added from acquisitions and start up operations, compensation related expense increases of $3,887,000, with the remainder of the increase spread across various categories.
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased to $52,840,000 for fiscal 2009 compared to $43,620,000 for fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily the result of increased depletion of $3,232,000 resulting from increases in production of unconventional gas from the Company’s energy operations and increased depreciation from property additions and acquisitions in the other divisions.
     The Company recorded non-cash impairments to oil and gas properties of $28,704,000 in fiscal 2009, including $26,690,000 of ceiling test impairment in the fourth quarter, as a result of a significant decline in natural gas prices and $2,014,000 related to an exploration project in Chile. There were no impairments in fiscal 2008.
     Equity in earnings of affiliates increased to $14,089,000 for fiscal 2009 compared to $8,076,000 for fiscal 2008. The increase reflects strong performance in mineral exploration by affiliates in Latin America, particularly Chile, during most of the fiscal year.
     Interest expense decreased to $3,614,000 for fiscal 2009 compared to $8,730,000 for fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily a result of debt paid off with proceeds from the Company’s stock offering in October 2007.
     The Company’s effective tax rate was 44.8% for fiscal 2009, compared to 44.8% for fiscal 2008. The effective rates in excess of the statutory federal rate were due primarily to the impact of nondeductible expenses and the tax treatment of certain foreign operations.
Water Infrastructure Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008
 
Revenues
  $ 766,957     $ 639,584  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    48,399       42,995  
     Water infrastructure revenues increased 19.9% to $766,957,000 for fiscal 2009, from $639,584,000 for fiscal 2008. The increase in revenues was partially attributable to incremental revenues of $54,458,000 from the Company’s acquisitions and increases of $25,325,000 in water and wastewater treatment plant construction, $20,389,000 in specialty geoconstruction and $9,396,000 in sewer rehabilitation.
     Income before income taxes for the water infrastructure division increased 12.6% to $48,399,000 for fiscal 2009, compared to $42,995,000 for fiscal 2008. Included in fiscal 2008 results was $1,626,000 in non-recurring income from the recovery of previously written-off costs associated with a groundwater transfer project in Texas. Excluding this item, the increase in income was primarily attributable to increases in earnings of $3,635,000 in specialty geoconstruction, $2,527,000 in water and wastewater treatment plant construction and $1,135,000 in sewer rehabilitation.
     The backlog in the water infrastructure division was $427,863,000 as of January 31, 2009, compared to $408,404,000 as of January 31, 2008.

23


 

Mineral Exploration Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008
 
Revenues
  $ 188,918     $ 178,482  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    39,260       37,452  
Mineral exploration revenues increased 5.8% to $188,918,000 for fiscal 2009, compared to revenues of $178,482,000 for fiscal 2008. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to strength in exploration activity in the Company’s markets as a result of the relatively high gold and base metal prices in the first three quarters of the year. Revenues decreased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 as mining companies extended holiday mine shutdowns and delayed spending programs in response to tightening credit and economic uncertainty. We expect this revenue trend to continue into next year.
     Income before income taxes for the mineral exploration division increased 4.8% to $39,260,000 for fiscal 2009, compared to $37,452,000 for fiscal 2008. Included in income is equity in earnings of affiliates, which increased $6,013,000 over fiscal 2008. Excluding the affiliate earnings, the division’s earnings decreased $4,205,000 in earnings for the year, primarily due to the fourth quarter exploration spending slowdowns noted above.
Energy Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008
 
Revenues
  $ 46,352     $ 39,749  
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interest
    (12,401 )     13,075  
Energy division revenues increased 16.6% to $46,352,000 for fiscal 2009, compared to revenues of $39,749,000 for fiscal 2008. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to increased production from the Company’s unconventional gas properties.
     During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed its annual determination of oil and gas reserves for the Energy division. This determination is made according to SEC guidelines and uses year end gas prices. Gas prices at January 31, 2009, used in the determination were $3.29 per Mcf, compared to $7.53 per Mcf used in January 31, 2008. As a result of the lower prices, the expected future cash flows and gas reserve volumes were significantly reduced. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $26,690,000, or $16,081,000 after income tax, for the carrying value of the assets in excess of future net cash flows.
     Excluding the fourth quarter non-cash impairment charge, income before income taxes for the energy division increased 9.3% to $14,289,000 for fiscal 2009, compared to $13,075,000 for fiscal 2008. The increases were attributable to increased production, partially offset by reduced pricing in the second half of the year for the portion of the division’s production which was not covered by forward sales contracts.
     Also included in fiscal 2009, are two additional items. We recorded an impairment of oil and gas properties of $2,014,000 related to the Company’s exploration project in Chile, begun in 2008. Following initial core testing and further evaluation of infrastructure requirements, it was determined that recovery of our investment was not likely and costs were written off. We also recorded settlement income related to litigation initiated in the current year against former officers of a subsidiary and associated energy production companies. During September 2008, the Company entered into a settlement agreement whereby it will receive certain payments over a period through September 2009. Settlement income of $2,173,000 was recorded in the year for the payments received, net of attorney fees.
Other
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008
 
Revenues
  $ 5,836     $ 10,459  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    1,280       3,696  
Included in Other for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were revenues of $470,000 and $4,954,000, respectively, associated with contracts to provide consulting and logistical support for international projects in Canada and Africa. Excluding the effects of these activities, the remainder of the operations included in this segment were consistent year over year.
Unallocated Corporate Expenses
Corporate expenses not allocated to individual divisions, primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $25,486,000 and $21,199,000 for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase for the year was primarily due to compensation related expenses.
Comparison of Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2007
Revenues for fiscal 2008 increased $145,506,000, or 20.1%, to $868,274,000 compared to $722,768,000 for fiscal 2007. Revenues were up across all divisions. A further discussion of results of operations by division is presented below.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $119,937,000 for fiscal 2008 compared to $102,603,000 for fiscal 2007 (13.8% and 14.2% of revenues, respectively). The increase, including increases from acquisitions, was primarily the result of wage and benefit increases of $7,731,000, in-creased professional fees of $1,474,000, primarily due to several strategic consulting projects during the year, and additional incentive compensation expense of $1,193,000 from increased profitability.
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased to $43,620,000 for fiscal 2008 compared to $32,853,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase was primarily the result of increased depletion of $3,587,000 resulting from the increase in production of unconventional gas from the Company’s energy operations and increased depreciation from property additions and acquisitions in the other divisions.
     Equity in earnings of affiliates increased to $8,076,000 for fiscal 2008 compared to $4,452,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase reflects continued strong performance in mineral exploration by affiliates in Latin America in response to continued high metals pricing.

24


 

     Interest expense decreased to $8,730,000 for fiscal 2008 compared to $9,781,000 for fiscal 2007. The decrease was primarily a result of debt paid off with proceeds from the Company’s stock offering in October 2007.
     Other, net decreased to $1,229,000 for fiscal 2008 from $2,557,000 for fiscal 2007, primarily due to a non-recurring gain of $920,000 in fiscal 2007 in connection with the Company’s sale of its interest in a minerals concession.
     The Company’s effective tax rate was 44.8% for fiscal 2008, compared to 45.5% for fiscal 2007. The improvement in the effective rate was primarily attributable to the increase in pre-tax earnings, especially in international operations. The effective rates in excess of the statutory federal rate were due primarily to the impact of nondeductible expenses and the tax treatment of certain foreign operations.
Water Infrastructure Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 639,584     $ 531,916  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    42,995       35,000  
Water infrastructure revenues increased 20.2% to $639,584,000 for fiscal 2008, from $531,916,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase in revenues was partially attributable to incremental revenues of $49,313,000 from the Company’s acquisitions. In addition, revenues for fiscal 2008 increased by $16,486,000 from sewer rehabilitation services with the balance of revenue increases spread throughout the group.
     Income before income taxes for the water infrastructure division increased 22.8% to $42,995,000 for fiscal 2008, compared to $35,000,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase in income was primarily attributable to incremental income of approximately $5,144,000 from the Company’s acquisitions.
     The backlog in the water infrastructure division was $408,404,000 as of January 31, 2008, compared to $349,200,000 as of January 31, 2007.
Mineral Exploration Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 178,482     $ 148,911  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    37,452       26,557  
Mineral exploration revenues increased 19.9% to $178,482,000 for fiscal 2008, compared to revenues of $148,911,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to continued strength in worldwide exploration activity as a result of the relatively high gold and base metal prices.
     Income before income taxes for the mineral exploration division increased 41.0% to $37,452,000 for fiscal 2008, compared to $26,557,000 for fiscal 2007. The improved income was attributable to continued strong exploration activity in the Company’s markets, especially in North America, and earnings increases of $3,624,000 by the Company’s Latin American affiliates.
Energy Division
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 39,749     $ 27,081  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    13,075       10,680  
Energy division revenues increased 46.8% to $39,749,000 for fiscal 2008, compared to revenues of $27,081,000 for fiscal 2007. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to increased production from the Company’s unconventional gas properties.
     The division income before income taxes increased 22.4% to $13,075,000 for fiscal 2008, compared to $10,680,000 for fiscal 2007. For the year, increased income was primarily due to the increased production discussed above, offset by expenses of $947,000 associated with the operations of the Company’s concession in Chile.
Other
                 
(in thousands)        
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 10,459     $ 14,860  
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    3,696       4,094  
Included in Other for fiscal 2008 and 2007 were revenues of $4,954,000 and $10,035,000, respectively, associated with contracts to provide consulting and logistical support for international projects in Canada and Africa. Excluding the effects of these activities, the remainder of the operations included in this segment were consistent year over year.
Unallocated Corporate Expenses
Corporate expenses not allocated to individual divisions, primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $21,199,000 and $18,383,000 for fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase for the year was primarily due to the increases in wage and benefit costs of $1,028,000 and increased share based compensation to employees of $840,000.
Fluctuation in Quarterly Results
The Company historically has experienced fluctuations in its quarterly results arising from the timing of the award and completion of contracts, the recording of related revenues and unanticipated additional costs incurred on projects. The Company’s revenues on large, long-term contracts are recognized on a percentage of completion basis for individual contracts based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenues and gross profit in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability (including those arising from contract penalty provisions) and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions

25


 

are determined. A significant number of the Company’s contracts contain fixed prices and assign responsibility to the Company for cost overruns for the subject projects; as a result, revenues and gross margin may vary from those originally estimated and, depending upon the size of the project, variations from estimated contract performance could affect the Company’s operating results for a particular quarter. Many of the Company’s contracts are also subject to cancellation by the customer upon short notice with limited or no damages payable to the Company. In addition, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, force majeure and other similar events can curtail Company operations in various regions of the world throughout the year, resulting in performance delays and increased costs. Moreover, the Company’s domestic drilling and construction activities and related revenues and earnings tend to decrease in the winter months when adverse weather conditions interfere with access to project sites; as a result, the Company’s revenues and earnings in its second and third quarters tend to be higher than revenues and earnings in its first and fourth quarters. Accordingly, as a result of the foregoing as well as other factors, quarterly results should not be considered indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any full fiscal year. See the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
Inflation
Management does not believe that the Company’s operations for the periods discussed have been significantly adversely affected by inflation or changing prices from its suppliers.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Management exercises discretion regarding the liquidity and capital resource needs of its business segments. This includes the ability to prioritize the use of capital and debt capacity, to determine cash management policies and to make decisions regarding capital expenditures. The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash from operations, supplemented by borrowings under its credit facilities.
     The Company maintains an agreement (the “Master Shelf Agreement”) whereby it has $105,000,000 of unsecured notes available to be issued before September 15, 2009. At January 31, 2009, the Company has $46,667,000 in notes outstanding under the Master Shelf Agreement. Additionally, the Company holds an unsecured $200,000,000 revolving credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”) which extends to November 15, 2011. At January 31, 2009, the Company had letters of credits of $15,841,000 and no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement resulting in available capacity of $184,159,000.
     The Company’s Master Shelf Agreement and Credit Agreement each contain certain covenants including restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, investments, acquisitions, transfer or sale of assets, transactions with affiliates and payment of dividends. These provisions generally allow such activity to occur, subject to specific limitations and continued compliance with financial maintenance covenants. Significant financial maintenance covenants are fixed charge coverage ratio, maximum leverage ratio and minimum tangible net worth. Covenant levels and definitions are consistent between the two agreements. The Company was in compliance with its covenants as of January 31, 2009 and expects to be in compliance in fiscal 2010.
     Compliance with the financial covenants is required on a quarterly basis, using the most recent four fiscal quarters. The Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio covenants are based on ratios utilizing adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDAR, as defined in the agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is generally defined as consolidated net income excluding net interest expense, provision for income taxes, gains or losses from extraordinary items, gains or losses from the sale of capital assets, non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, and share-based compensation. Equity in earnings of affiliates is included only to the extent of dividends or distributions received. Adjusted EBITDAR is defined as adjusted EBITDA, plus rent expense. The Company’s tangible net worth covenant is based on stockholders’ equity less intangible assets. All of these measures are considered non-GAAP financial measures and are not intended to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
     The Company’s minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant is the ratio of adjusted EBITDAR to the sum of fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of rent expense, interest expense, and principal payments of long-term debt. The Company’s leverage ratio covenant is the ratio of total funded indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA. Total funded indebtedness generally consists of outstanding debt, capital leases, unfunded pension liabilities, asset retirement obligations and escrow liabilities. The Company’s tangible net worth covenant is measured based on stockholders’ equity, less intangible assets, as compared to a threshold amount defined in the agreements. The threshold is adjusted over time based on a percentage of net income and the proceeds from the issuance of equity securities.
     As of January 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s actual and required covenant levels were as follows:
                                 
    Actual   Required   Actual   Required
(in thousands)   2009   2009   2008   2008
 
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
    4.22       1.50       5.65       1.50  
Maximum leverage ratio
    0.44       3.00       0.57       3.25  
Minimum tangible net worth
  $ 340,280     $ 291,237     $ 313,571     $ 274,647  
The Company’s working capital as of January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $128,610,000, $127,696,000 and $66,989,000, respectively. The increase in working capital in 2008 was attributable to remaining proceeds of the Company’s October 2007 stock offering.
     The Company believes it will have sufficient cash from operations and access to credit facilities to meet the Company’s operating cash requirements and to fund its budgeted capital expenditures for fiscal 2010. We do not currently believe we will draw on credit facilities in fiscal 2010, however, we believe our lenders are sufficiently capitalized to meet our needs if required.
     The Company is also highly dependent on the availability of surety bonding capacity, particularly in its water infrastructure business. The Company believes it has adequate access through its insurers to meet its business requirements and growth opportunities.

26


 

Operating Activities
Cash from operating activities was $92,026,000, $80,163,000 and $74,676,000 for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The growth over the last two years was primarily due to increased earnings and related increases in accounts payable, accrued incentive compensation and income taxes payable. Operating cash is normally required in the first quarter of the subsequent fiscal year when such accrued items are paid.
Investing Activities
The Company’s capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposals, of $79,851,000 for the year ended January 31, 2009, were split between $50,244,000 to maintain and upgrade its construction equipment and $29,607,000 toward the Company’s expansion into unconventional gas exploration and production, including the construction of gas pipeline infrastructure near the Company’s development projects. During the year, the Company spent $7,070,000 to complete acquisitions to complement its water infrastructure division.
     The Company’s capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposals, of $70,037,000 for the year ended January 31, 2008, were more heavily weighted toward its water infrastructure and minerals divisions rather than unconventional gas exploration and production. Expenditures were made in those two divisions during the year to sustain capacity and improve efficiency of the equipment. Unconventional gas expenditures declined to $29,193,000 as the Company maintained its U.S. operations while carefully considering its expansion efforts on its exploration concession in Chile. Also during the year, the Company spent $20,470,000 to complete two acquisitions to complement its water infrastructure division.
     The Company’s capital expenditures, net of proceeds from disposals, of $70,166,000 for the year ended January 31, 2007, were directed primarily toward the Company’s expansion into unconventional gas exploration and production. The expenditures related to the Company’s unconventional gas efforts totaled $38,662,000 including the construction of gas pipeline infrastructure near the Company’s development projects. Also, during the year, the Company invested $27,496,000 to acquire the business of UIG, $3,809,000 to acquire the business of Collector Wells International, Inc., $1,988,000 to acquire certain producing oil and gas properties and mineral interests, and paid cash purchase price adjustments in accordance with the Reynolds purchase agreement of $6,120,000.
Financing Activities
The Company had no borrowings under its revolving credit facilities during the year ended January 31, 2009, financing the business from operations and available cash. During July, the Company made the first scheduled principal payment of $13,333,000 on the Senior Notes.
     In October 2007, the Company completed a public offering of its common stock. The offering produced net proceeds of approximately $160 million, which were used to repay the then outstanding borrowings on the Company’s revolving bank credit facility and to build funds for potential future acquisitions and general corporate purposes.
     For the year ended January 31, 2007, the Company had net borrowings of $22,700,000 under its credit facilities primarily to fund the acquisition of UIG, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The Company’s contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 31, 2009, are summarized as follows:
                                         
    Payments/Expiration by Period
            Less than                   More than
(in thousands)    Total   1 year   1-3 years   4-5 years   5 years
 
Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments
                                       
Credit Agreement principal payments
  $     $     $     $     $  
Senior Notes principal payments
    46,667       20,000       26,667              
Interest payments
    6,511       3,500       3,011              
Software financing obligations
    1,105       482       623              
Operating leases
    35,657       12,902       14,283       8,472        
Mineral interest obligations
    656       111       363       159       23  
Income tax uncertainties
    174       174                    
 
Total cash contractual obligations
    90,770       37,169       44,947       8,631       23  
Standby letters of credit
    15,841       15,841                    
Asset retirement obligations
    1,305                         1,305  
 
Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments
  $ 107,916     $ 53,010     $ 44,947     $ 8,631     $ 1,328  
 

27


 

The Company expects to meet its contractual cash obligation in the ordinary course of operations, and that the standby letters of credit will be renewed in connection with its annual insurance renewal process. Interest is payable on the Credit Agreement at variable interest rates equal to, at the Company’s option, a LIBOR rate plus 0.75% to 2.00%, or a base rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement plus up to 0.50%, depending on the Company’s leverage ratio. Interest is payable on the Senior Notes at fixed interest rates of 6.05% and 5.40% (see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). Interest payments have been included in the table above based only on outstanding balances and interest rates as of January 31, 2009.
     The Company has income tax uncertainties in the amount of $7,752,000 at January 31, 2009, that are classified as non-current on the Company’s balance sheet as resolution of these matters is expected to take more than a year. The ultimate timing of resolution of these items is uncertain, and accordingly the amounts have not been included in the table above.
     The Company incurs additional obligations in the ordinary course of operations. These obligations, including but not limited to, income tax payments and pension fundings are expected to be met in the normal course of operations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, which are based on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
     Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, located in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We believe that the following represent our more critical estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, although not all inclusive.
Revenue Recognition — Revenues are recognized on large, long-term construction contracts meeting the criteria of Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (“SOP 81-1”), using the percentage-of-completion method based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenues in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, change orders and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. As allowed by SOP 81-1, revenue is recognized on smaller, short-term construction contracts using the completed contract method. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted construction contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.
     Revenues for direct sales of equipment and other ancillary products not provided in conjunction with the performance of construction contracts are recognized at the date of delivery to, and acceptance by, the customer. Provisions for estimated warranty obligations are made in the period in which the sales occur.
     Contracts for the Company’s mineral exploration drilling services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Thus, revenues for these drilling contracts are recognized on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled.
     Revenues for the sale of oil and gas by the Company’s energy division are recognized on the basis of volumes sold at the time of delivery to an end user or an interstate pipeline, net of amounts attributable to royalty or working interest holders.
     The Company’s revenues are presented net of taxes imposed on revenue-producing transactions with its customers, such as, but not limited to, sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes.
Oil and Gas Properties and Mineral Interests — The Company follows the full cost method of accounting for oil and gas properties. Under this method, all productive and nonproductive costs incurred in connection with the exploration for and development of oil and gas reserves are capitalized. Such capitalized costs include lease acquisition, geological and geophysical work, delay rentals, drilling, completing and equipping oil and gas wells, and salaries, benefits and other internal salary-related costs directly attributable to these activities. Costs associated with production and general corporate activities are expensed in the period incurred. Normal dispositions of oil and gas properties are accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs, with no gain or loss recognized. Separate full-cost pools are established for each country in which the Company has exploration activities.
     The Company is required to review the carrying value of its oil and gas properties under the full cost accounting rules of the SEC (the “ceiling test”). The ceiling limitation is the estimated after-tax future net revenues from proved oil and gas properties discounted at 10%, plus the cost of properties not subject to amortization. If our net book value of oil and gas properties, less related deferred income taxes, is in excess of the calculated ceiling, the excess must be written off as an expense.
     Application of the ceiling test generally requires pricing future revenues at the unescalated prices in effect as of the last day of the period, with effect given to the Company’s fixed-price physical delivery contracts, and requires a write-down for accounting purposes if the ceiling is exceeded. Unproved oil and gas properties are not amortized, but are assessed for impairment either individually or on an aggregated basis using a comparison of the carrying values of the unproved properties to net future cash flows.

28


 

Reserve Estimates — The Company’s estimates of natural gas reserves, by necessity, are projections based on geologic and engineering data, and there are uncertainties inherent in the interpretation of such data as well as the projection of future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. Reserve engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of gas that are difficult to measure. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data, engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. Estimates of economically recoverable gas reserves and future net cash flows necessarily depend upon a number of variable factors and assumptions, such as historical production from the area compared with production from other producing areas, the assumed effects of regulations by governmental agencies and assumptions governing natural gas prices, future operating costs, severance, ad valorem and excise taxes, development costs and workover and remedial costs, all of which may in fact vary considerably from actual results. For these reasons, estimates of the economically recoverable quantities of gas attributable to any particular group of properties, classifications of such reserves based on risk of recovery, and estimates of the future net cash flows expected there from may vary substantially. Any significant variance in the assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantity and value of the reserves, which could affect the carrying value of the Company’s oil and gas properties and the rate of depletion of the oil and gas properties. Actual production, revenues and expenditures with respect to the Company’s reserves will likely vary from estimates, and such variances may be material.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles — The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Other intangible assets primarily consist of trademarks, customer-related intangible assets and patents obtained through business acquisitions. Amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from two to 40 years.
     The impairment evaluation for goodwill is conducted annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The evaluation is performed by using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible assets) in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.
     The impairment evaluation of the carrying amount of intangible assets with indefinite lives is conducted annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The evaluation is performed by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows.
     The assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are generally consistent with the past performance of each reporting unit and are also consistent with the projections and assumptions that are used in current operating plans. Such assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.
Other Long-lived Assets — In the event of an indication of possible impairment, the Company evaluates the fair value and future benefits of long-lived assets, including the Company’s gas transportation facilities and equipment, by performing an analysis of the anticipated future net cash flows of the related long-lived assets and reducing their carrying value by the excess, if any, of the result of such calculation. The Company believes at this time that the carrying values and useful lives of its long-lived assets continue to be appropriate.
Accrued Insurance Expense — The Company maintains insurance programs where it is responsible for a certain amount of each claim up to a retention limit. Estimates are recorded for health and welfare, property and casualty insurance costs that are associated with these programs. These costs are estimated based on actuarially determined projections of future payments under these programs. Should a greater amount of claims occur compared to what was estimated or medical costs increase beyond what was anticipated, reserves recorded may not be sufficient and additional costs to the consolidated financial statements could be required.
     Costs estimated to be incurred in the future for employee health and welfare benefits, property, workers’ compensation and casualty insurance programs resulting from claims which have occurred are accrued currently. Under the terms of the Company’s agreement with the various insurance carriers administering these claims, the Company is not required to remit the total premium until the claims are actually paid by the insurance companies. These costs are not expected to significantly impact liquidity in future periods.
Income Taxes — Income taxes are provided using the asset/liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances are provided as necessary. Provision for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates is made only on those amounts in excess of funds considered to be invested indefinitely.
Litigation and Other Contingencies — The Company is involved in litigation incidental to its business, the disposition of

29


 

which is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions related to these proceedings. The Company accrues its best estimate of the probable cost for the resolution of legal claims. Such estimates are developed in consultation with counsel handling these matters and are based upon a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. To the extent additional information arises or the Company’s strategies change, it is possible that the Company’s estimate of its probable liability in these matters may change.
New Accounting Pronouncements — See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements and their impact on the Company.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The principal market risks to which the Company is exposed are interest rate risk on variable rate debt, foreign exchange rate risk that could give rise to translation and transaction gains and losses and fluctuations in the price of natural gas.
     The Company centrally manages its debt portfolio considering overall financing strategies and tax consequences. A description of the Company’s debt is included in Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K. As of January 31, 2009, an instantaneous change in interest rates of one percentage point would not change the Company’s annual interest expense as we have no variable rate debt outstanding.
     Operating in international markets involves exposure to possible volatile movements in currency exchange rates. Currently, the Company’s primary international operations are in Australia, Africa, Mexico, Canada and Italy. The operations are described in Notes 1 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company’s affiliates also operate in South America and Mexico (see Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The majority of the Company’s contracts in Africa and Mexico are U.S. dollar-based, providing a natural reduction in exposure to currency fluctuations. The Company also may utilize various hedge instruments, primarily foreign currency option contracts, to manage the exposures associated with fluctuating currency exchange rates (see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). As of January 31, 2009, the Company held option contracts with an aggregate U.S. dollar notional value of $9,800,000, which are intended to hedge exposure to Australian dollar fluctuations through January 31, 2010.
     As currency exchange rates change, translation of the income statements of the Company’s international operations into U.S. dollars may affect year-to-year comparability of operating results. We estimate that a 10% change in foreign exchange rates would impact income before income taxes by approximately $585,000, $511,000 and $416,000 for the years ended January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This represents approximately 10% of the income before income taxes of international businesses after adjusting for primarily U.S. dollar-based operations. This quantitative measure has inherent limitations, as it does not take into account any governmental actions, changes in customer purchasing patterns or changes in the Company’s financing and operating strategies.
     Foreign exchange gains and losses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income reflect transaction gains and losses and translation gains and losses from the Company’s Mexican and African operations which use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Net foreign exchange gains (losses) for the years ended January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were $91,000, ($430,000) and $95,000, respectively.
     The Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas, which affect the sale of the energy division’s unconventional gas production. The price of natural gas is volatile and the Company has entered into fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts covering a portion of its production to manage price fluctuations and to achieve a more predictable cash flow. As of January 31, 2009, the Company held contracts for physical delivery of 6,183,000 million British Thermal Units (“MMBtu”) of natural gas through March 31, 2010, at prices ranging from $7.68 to $8.52 per MMBtu through March 2009, and from $7.61 to $10.67 per MMBtu from April 2009 through March 2010. The estimated fair value of such contracts at January 31, 2009, was $27,950,000. The Company generally intends to maintain contracts in place to cover 50% to 75% of its production, although if gas prices remain low, the Company may slow production and cover 100% of gas sold in 2010.
     We estimate that a 10% change in the price of natural gas would have impacted income before taxes by approximately $1,652,000 for the year ended January 31, 2009.

30


 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
         
    Page
 
    32  
    33  
Financial Statements:
       
    34  
    35  
    36  
    37  
    38  
    57  
    59  
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required as the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company or the Notes thereto.

31


 

Statement of Management Responsibility
The Consolidated Financial Statements of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The integrity and objectivity of the data in these financial statements are the responsibility of management, as is all other information included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes the information presented in the Annual Report is consistent with the financial statements, and the financial statements do not contain material misstatements due to fraud or error. Where appropriate, the financial statements reflect management’s best estimates and judgments.
     Management is also responsible for maintaining a system of internal accounting controls with the objectives of providing reasonable assurance that the Company’s assets are safeguarded against material loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that authorized transactions are properly recorded to permit the preparation of accurate financial data. However, limitations exist in any system of internal controls based on a recognition that the cost of the system should not exceed its benefits. The Company believes its system of accounting controls, of which its internal auditing function is an integral part, accomplishes the stated objectives.
     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of outside directors, meets periodically with management, the Company’s independent accountants and internal auditors to review matters related to the Company’s financial statements, internal audit activities, internal accounting controls and nonaudit services provided by the independent accountants. The independent accountants and internal auditors have full access to the Audit Committee and meet with it, both with and without management present, to discuss the scope and results of their audits, including internal controls, audit and financial matters.
             
/s/ A. B. Schmitt
      /s/ Jerry W. Fanska    
 
           
Andrew B. Schmitt
President and
Chief Executive Officer
      Jerry W. Fanska
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 

32


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Layne Christensen Company
Mission Woods, Kansas
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
     We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries at January 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
     As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , on February 1, 2007. Additionally, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based compensation upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments,” on February 1, 2006, and, as discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for pension and post retirement benefits as of January 31, 2007, to conform to SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) .
     We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 31, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
March 31, 2009

33


 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                 
(in thousands, except per share data)            
January 31,     2009       2008  
 
ASSETS            
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 67,165     $ 73,068  
Customer receivables, less allowance of $7,878 and $7,571, respectively
    116,234       125,091  
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
    63,638       60,796  
Inventories
    31,329       21,020  
Deferred income taxes
    16,561       18,711  
Income taxes receivable
    6,806       866  
Restricted deposits — current
    774       500  
Other  
    10,063       5,288  
 
  Total current assets  
    312,570       305,340  
 
Property and equipment:
               
Land
    8,586       8,643  
Buildings
    27,209       21,868  
Machinery and equipment
    336,166       299,642  
Gas transportation facilities and equipment
    39,825       30,266  
Oil and gas properties
    92,497       76,844  
Mineral interests in oil and gas properties  
    21,248       18,165  
 
 
    525,531       455,428  
Less — accumulated depreciation and depletion  
    (278,786 )     (208,061 )
 
Net property and equipment  
    246,745       247,367  
 
Other assets:
               
Investment in affiliates
    40,973       29,835  
Goodwill
    90,029       85,706  
Other intangible assets, net
    21,002       20,930  
Restricted deposits — long term
    1,155       505  
Other  
    6,883       7,272  
 
  Total other assets  
    160,042       144,248  
 
   
  $ 719,357     $ 696,955  
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
                 
 
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 62,575     $ 67,777  
Current maturities of long term debt
    20,000       13,333  
Accrued compensation
    36,252       36,763  
Accrued insurance expense
    9,173       8,158  
Other accrued expenses
    17,626       15,222  
Acquisition escrow obligation — current
    824       550  
Income taxes payable
    3,254       4,200  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts  
    34,256       31,641  
 
  Total current liabilities  
    183,960       177,644  
 
Noncurrent and deferred liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    26,667       46,667  
Accrued insurance expense
    9,947       9,736  
Deferred income taxes
    29,063       28,329  
Acquisition escrow obligation — long term
    1,155       505  
Other
    12,468       10,304  
 
  Total noncurrent and deferred liabilities  
    79,300       95,541  
 
Minority interest
    75       398  
Contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 30,000 shares authorized, 19,383 and 19,161 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
    194       192  
Capital in excess of par value
    337,528       328,301  
Retained earnings
    128,353       101,866  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
    (10,053 )     (6,987 )
 
Total stockholders’ equity  
    456,022       423,372  
 
   
  $ 719,357     $ 696,955  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

34


 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
                         
(in thousands, except per share data)                  
Years Ended January 31,   2009     2008     2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 1,008,063     $ 868,274     $ 722,768  
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, depletion, amortization and impairment shown below)
    756,083       638,003       536,373  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    136,687       119,937       102,603  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    52,840       43,620       32,853  
Impairment of oil and gas properties
    28,704              
Other income (expense):
                       
Equity in earnings of affiliates
    14,089       8,076       4,452  
Interest
    (3,614 )     (8,730 )     (9,781 )
Other, net
    3,214       1,229       2,557  
 
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    47,438       67,289       48,167  
Income tax expense
    21,266       30,178       21,915  
Minority interest
    362       145        
 
Net income
  $ 26,534     $ 37,256     $ 26,252  
 
Basic income per share
  $ 1.38     $ 2.23     $ 1.71  
 
Diluted income per share
  $ 1.37     $ 2.20     $ 1.68  
 
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic
    19,191       16,670       15,320  
Dilutive stock options and unvested shares
    195       268       311  
 
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted
    19,386       16,938       15,631  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

35


 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
                                                 
                                    Accumulated        
                    Capital In             Other        
    Common Stock     Excess of     Retained     Comprehensive        
(in thousands, except share data)   Shares     Amount     Par Value     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Total  
 
Balance, February 1, 2006
    15,233,472       152       141,023       37,893       (7,442 )     171,626  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                      26,252             26,252  
Other comprehensive income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax expense of $35
                            291       291  
 
Comprehensive income
                                            26,543  
 
Issuance of unvested shares
    1,000                                
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of income tax benefit of $819
                            (1,302 )     (1,302 )
Issuance of stock upon acquisition of business
    45,563       1       1,262                   1,263  
Issuance of stock upon exercise of options
    237,689       2       3,008                   3,010  
Income tax benefit on exercise of options
                1,654                   1,654  
Share-based compensation
                2,240                   2,240  
 
Balance, January 31, 2007
    15,517,724       155       149,187       64,145       (8,453 )     205,034  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                      37,256             37,256  
Other comprehensive income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax expense of $424
                            760       760  
 
Comprehensive income
                                            38,016  
 
Issuance of unvested shares
    73,863       1       (1 )                  
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
                      465             465  
Change in unrecognized pension liability, net of income tax expense of $445
                            706       706  
Proceeds from public offering, net
    3,105,000       31       159,848                   159,879  
Issuance of stock upon acquisition of business
    249,023       3       10,979                   10,982  
Issuance of stock upon exercise of options
    215,106       2       2,902                   2,904  
Income tax benefit on exercise of options
                2,360                   2,360  
Share-based compensation
                3,026                   3,026  
 
Balance, January 31, 2008
    19,160,716       192       328,301       101,866       (6,987 )     423,372  
Comprehensive income:
                                             
Net income
                      26,534             26,534  
Other comprehensive income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income benefit of $844
                            (2,549 )     (2,549 )
Change in unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts, net of income tax benefit of $62
                            (96 )     (96 )
Change in unrecognized pension liability, net of income tax benefit of $271
                              (421 )     (421 )
 
Comprehensive income
                                            23,468  
 
Issuance of unvested shares
    38,584                                
Treasury stock purchased and subsequently cancelled
    (5,357 )           (245 )                 (245 )
Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS 158
                      (47 )           (47 )
Issuance of stock upon exercise of options
    189,033       2       3,321                   3,323  
Income tax benefit on exercise of options
                2,067                   2,067  
Share-based compensation
                4,084                   4,084  
 
Balance, January 31, 2009
    19,382,976     $ 194     $ 337,528     $ 128,353     $ (10,053 )   $ 456,022  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

36


 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                         
(in thousands)            
Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
 
Cash flow from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 26,534     $ 37,256     $ 26,252  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash from operations:
                       
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    52,840       43,620       32,853  
Deferred income taxes
    3,166       2,364       (2,985 )
Equity in earnings of affiliates
    (14,089 )     (8,076 )     (4,452 )
Dividends received from affiliates
    2,951       2,521       1,502  
Minority interest
    (362 )     (145 )      
Gain on disposal of property and equipment
    (30 )     (671 )     (994 )
Impairment of oil and gas properties
    28,704              
Gain on sale of mineral concession
                (920 )
Share-based compensation
    4,084       3,026       2,240  
Share-based compensation excess tax benefits
    (1,911 )     (2,313 )     (1,382 )
Changes in current assets and liabilities, (exclusive of effects of acquisitions and disposals):
                       
(Increase) decrease in customer receivables
    13,735       (9,616 )     (7,691 )
Increase in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
    (1,531 )     (9,205 )     (10,044 )
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (10,867 )     (1,788 )     462  
(Increase) decrease in other current assets
    (4,949 )     602       598  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (8,478 )     27,512       27,522  
Increase (decrease) in billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts
    2,615       (2,648 )     12,312  
Other, net
    (386 )     (2,276 )     (597 )
 
Cash from operating activities
    92,026       80,163       74,676  
 
Cash flow used in investing activities:
                       
Additions to property and equipment
    (51,416 )     (44,177 )     (36,150 )
Additions to gas transportation facilities and equipment
    (6,739 )     (5,327 )     (12,413 )
Additions to oil and gas properties
    (19,786 )     (18,216 )     (23,075 )
Additions to mineral interests in oil and gas properties
    (3,082 )     (5,650 )     (3,174 )
Payment of cash purchase price adjustment on prior year acquisitions
    (33 )     (2,270 )     (6,120 )
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
    1,172       3,333       4,646  
Proceeds from sale of mineral concession
                920  
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (7,070 )     (20,470 )     (31,305 )
Acquisition of oil and gas properties and mineral interests
                (1,988 )
Deposit of cash into restricted accounts
    (15,200 )     (2,075 )     (4,473 )
Release of cash from restricted accounts
    16,126       9,627       5,597  
Distribution of restricted cash for prior year acquisition
    (926 )     (9,627 )      
Return of capital from affiliates
                411  
 
Cash used in investing activities
    (86,954 )     (94,852 )     (107,124 )
 
Cash flow from financing activities:
                       
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities
          483,800       425,925  
Repayments under revolving credit facilities
          (575,400 )     (403,225 )
Repayments of long-term debt
    (13,333 )            
Proceeds from public offering of common stock, net of issuance costs
          159,879        
Issuances of common stock
    3,323       2,904       3,010  
Excess tax benefit on exercise of share-based instruments
    1,911       2,313       1,382  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (245 )            
Contribution by minority interest
    39       543        
 
Cash from (used in) financing activities
    (8,305 )     74,039       27,092  
 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash
    (2,670 )     711       380  
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (5,903 )     60,061       (4,976 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    73,068       13,007       17,983  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 67,165     $ 73,068     $ 13,007  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

37


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business — Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) provide drilling and construction services and related products in two principal markets: water infrastructure and mineral exploration, as well as being a producer of unconventional natural gas for the energy market. The Company operates throughout North America as well as in Africa, Australia, Europe and Brazil. Its customers include municipalities, investor-owned water utilities, industrial companies, global mining companies, consulting and engineering firms, heavy civil construction contractors, oil and gas companies and, to a lesser extent, agribusiness. In mineral exploration, the Company has ownership interest in certain foreign affiliates operating in South America, with facilities in Chile and Peru (see Note 3).
Fiscal Year — References to years are to the fiscal years then ended.
Investment in Affiliated Companies — Investments in affiliates (20% to 50% owned) in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by the equity method.
Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Financial information for the Company’s affiliates and certain foreign subsidiaries is reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements with a one-month lag in reporting periods.
Use of Estimates in Preparing Financial Statements — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation — The cash flows and financing activities of the Company’s Mexican and African operations are primarily denominated in the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, these operations use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency and remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average rates in effect during the year, except for depreciation, certain cost of revenues and selling expenses which are remeasured at historical rates. Gains or losses from changes in exchange rates are recognized in consolidated income in the year of occurrence.
     Other foreign subsidiaries and affiliates use local currencies as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities have been translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items have been translated at exchange rates which approximate the weighted average of the rates prevailing during each year. Translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
     Net foreign currency transaction gains (losses) for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $91,000, ($430,000) and $95,000, respectively.
Revenue Recognition — Revenues are recognized on large, long-term construction contracts meeting the criteria of Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (“SOP 81-1”), using the percentage-of-completion method based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenues in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, change orders and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. As allowed by SOP 81-1, revenue is recognized on smaller, short-term construction contracts using the completed contract method. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted construction contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.
     Revenues for direct sales of equipment and other ancillary products not provided in conjunction with the performance of construction contracts are recognized at the date of delivery to, and acceptance by, the customer. Provisions for estimated warranty obligations are made in the period in which the sales occur.
     Contracts for the Company’s mineral exploration drilling services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Thus, revenues for these drilling contracts are recognized on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled.
     Revenues for the sale of oil and gas by the Company’s energy division are recognized on the basis of volumes sold at the time of delivery to an end user or an interstate pipeline, net of amounts attributable to royalty or working interest holders.
     The Company’s revenues are presented net of taxes imposed on revenue-producing transactions with its customers, such as, but not limited to, sales, use, value-added, and some excise taxes.
Inventories — The Company values inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Allowances are recorded for inventory considered to be excess or obsolete. Inventories consist primarily of parts and supplies.
Property and Equipment and Related Depreciation — Property and equipment (including major renewals and improvements) are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method. Depreciation expense was $39,432,000, $33,933,000 and $26,825,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The lives used for the items within each property classification are as follows:
         
    Years  
 
Buildings
    15 — 35  
Machinery and equipment
    3 — 10  
Gas transportation facilities and equipment
    15  

38


 

Oil and Gas Properties and Mineral Interests — The Company follows the full-cost method of accounting for oil and gas properties. Under this method, all productive and nonproductive costs incurred in connection with the exploration for and development of oil and gas reserves are capitalized. Such capitalized costs include lease acquisition, geological and geophysical work, delay rentals, drilling, completing and equipping oil and gas wells, and salaries, benefits and other internal salary-related costs directly attributable to these activities. Costs associated with production and general corporate activities are expensed in the period incurred. Normal dispositions of oil and gas properties are accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs, with no gain or loss recognized. Separate full-cost pools are established for each country in which the Company has exploration activities. Depletion expense was $11,816,000, $8,504,000 and $4,917,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
     The Company is required to review the carrying value of its oil and gas properties under the full cost accounting rules of the SEC (the “ceiling test”). The ceiling limitation is the estimated after-tax future net revenues from proved oil and gas properties discounted at 10%, plus the cost of properties not subject to amortization. If our net book value of oil and gas properties, less related deferred income taxes, is in excess of the calculated ceiling, the excess must be written off as an expense. Application of the ceiling test generally requires pricing future revenues at the unescalated prices in effect as of the last day of the quarter, with effect given to the Company’s fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts, and requires a write-down for accounting purposes if the ceiling is exceeded. Unproved oil and gas properties are not amortized, but are assessed for impairment either individually or on an aggregated basis using a comparison of the carrying values of the unproved properties to net future cash flows. See Note 4 for a discussion of the impairments recorded in 2009.
Reserve Estimates — The Company’s estimates of natural gas reserves, by necessity, are projections based on geologic and engineering data, and there are uncertainties inherent in the interpretation of such data as well as the projection of future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. Reserve engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of gas that are difficult to measure. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data, engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. Estimates of economically recoverable gas reserves and future net cash flows necessarily depend upon a number of variable factors and assumptions, such as historical production from the area compared with production from other producing areas, the assumed effects of regulations by governmental agencies and assumptions governing natural gas prices, future operating costs, severance, ad valorem and excise taxes, development costs and workover and remedial costs, all of which may in fact vary considerably from actual results. For these reasons, estimates of the economically recoverable quantities of gas attributable to any particular group of properties, classifications of such reserves based on risk of recovery, and estimates of the future net cash flows expected there from may vary substantially. Any significant variance in the assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantity and value of the reserves, which could affect the carrying value of the Company’s oil and gas properties and the rate of depletion of the oil and gas properties. Actual production, revenues and expenditures with respect to the Company’s reserves will likely vary from estimates, and such variances may be material.
Goodwill and Intangibles — The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Other intangible assets primarily consist of trademarks, customer-related intangible assets and patents obtained through business acquisitions. Amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from two to 40 years.
     The impairment evaluation for goodwill is conducted annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The evaluation is performed by using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible assets) in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The result ing implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.
     The impairment evaluation of the carrying amount of intangible assets with indefinite lives is conducted annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset might be impaired. The evaluation is performed by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows.
     The assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are generally consistent with the past performance of each reporting unit and are also consistent with the projections and assumptions that are used in current operating plans. Such assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.
Other Long-Lived Assets — In the event of an indication of possible impairment, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, including the Company’s gas transportation facilities and equipment, by performing an analysis of the anticipated future net cash flows of the related long-lived assets and reducing their carrying value by the excess, if any, of the result of such calculation. The Company believes at this time that the carrying value and useful lives of its long-lived assets continue to be appropriate.

39


 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents included $56,000,000 of short term commercial paper as of January 31, 2008 (none was held as of January 31, 2009). The Company’s cash equivalents are subject to potential credit risk. The Company’s cash management and investment policies restrict investments to investment grade, highly liquid securities. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Restricted Deposits — Restricted deposits consist of escrow funds associated with acquisitions as described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accrued Insurance Expense — Costs estimated to be incurred in the future for employee health and welfare benefits, workers’ compensation, property and casualty insurance programs resulting from claims which have been incurred are accrued currently. Under the terms of the Company’s agreement with the various insurance carriers administering these claims, the Company is not required to remit the total premium until the claims are actually paid by the insurance companies.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, customer receivables and accounts payable approximate fair value at January 31, 2009 and 2008, because of the relatively short maturity of those instruments. See Note 11 for disclosure regarding the fair value of indebtedness of the Company and Note 12 for disclosure regarding the fair value of derivative instruments.
Litigation and Other Contingencies — The Company is involved in litigation incidental to its business, the disposition of which is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions related to these proceedings. The Company accrues its best estimate of the probable cost for the resolution of legal claims. Such estimates are developed in consultation with counsel handling these matters and are based upon a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. To the extent additional information arises or the Company’s strategies change, it is possible that the Company’s estimate of its probable liability in these matters may change.
Derivatives — The Company follows SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), as amended, which requires derivative financial instruments to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. Under SFAS 133, the Company accounts for its unrealized hedges of forecast costs as cash flow hedges, such that changes in fair value for the effective portion of hedge contracts, if material, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of hedge contracts are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in operations. The ineffective portion of the derivatives change in fair value, if any, is immediately recognized in operations. In addition, the Company has entered into fixed-price natural gas contracts to manage fluctuations in the price of natural gas. These contracts result in the Company physically delivering gas, and as a result, are exempt from the requirements of SFAS 133 under the normal purchases and sales exception. Accordingly, the contracts are not reflected in the balance sheet at fair value and revenues from the contracts are recognized as the natural gas is delivered under the terms of the contracts. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
Supplemental Cash Flow Information —The amounts paid for income taxes and interest are as follows:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Income taxes
  $ 18,843     $ 20,704     $ 15,489  
Interest
    3,054       8,721       9,564  
     The Company had earnings on restricted deposits of $30,000 and $287,000 for 2009 and 2008, which was treated as a non-cash item as it was restricted for the account of the escrow beneficiaries.
     During the year ended January 31, 2009, the Company entered into financing obligations for software licenses amounting to $1,298,000, payable over three years. The associated assets are recorded as Other Intangible Assets in the balance sheet.
     In connection with the Reynolds acquisition (see Note 2), during the year ended January 31, 2008, the Company settled the Earnout Amount on a discounted basis for $13,252,000, consisting of $2,270,000 in cash and 249,023 shares of common stock (valued at $10,982,000).
     In connection with the Collector Wells Acquisition (see Note 2), during the year ended January 31, 2007, the Company issued 45,563 shares of common stock. The shares were valued at $1,263,000 based upon a five-day average of the closing price of the stock two days before and two days after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and publicly announced.
Income Taxes — Income taxes are provided using the asset/ liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances are provided as necessary. Provision for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates is made only on those amounts in excess of those funds considered to be invested indefinitely (see Note 8).
Earnings Per Share — Earnings per common share are based upon the weighted average number of common and dilutive equivalent shares outstanding. Options to purchase common stock are included based on the treasury stock method for dilutive earnings per share except when their effect is antidilutive. Options to purchase 176,149, 3,000 and 3,000 shares have been excluded from weighted average shares in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive. A total of 73,587, none and 668 unvested shares have been excluded from weighted average shares in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

40


 

Shared-Based Compensation — The Company adopted SFAS 123R (revised December 2004), “Share-Based Compensation” effective February 1, 2006, which requires the recognition of all share-based instruments in the financial statements and establishes a fair-value measurement of the associated costs. The Company adopted the standard using the Modified Prospective Method which required recognition of compensation expense related to all unvested share-based instruments as of the effective date over the remaining term of the instrument. As a result of adopting SFAS 123R on February 1, 2006, income before income taxes was $2,186,000 lower for the year ended January 31, 2007, and net income was $1,509,000 (or $0.10 per share basic and diluted earnings) lower for the year ended January 31, 2007, than if we had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25. As of January 31, 2009, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense of $6,024,000 to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.94 years. The Company determines the fair value of share-based compensation using the Black-Scholes model.
     Unearned compensation expense associated with the issuance of unvested shares is amortized on a straight-line basis as the restrictions on the stock expire. As required by SFAS 123R, unearned compensation of $44,000, which was previously reflected as a reduction to shareholders’ equity as of January 31, 2006, was reclassified as a reduction to additional paid in capital as of February 1, 2006.
Other Comprehensive Loss — Accumulated balances, net of income taxes, of Other Comprehensive Loss are as follows:
                                 
                    Unrealized   Accumulated
    Cumulative   Unrecognized   Loss On   Other
    Translation   Pension   Exchange   Comprehensive
(in thousands)   Adjustment   Liability   Contracts   Loss
 
Balance, January 31, 2007
  $ (7,151 )   $ (1,302 )   $     $ (8,453 )
Period change
    760       706             1,466  
 
Balance, January 31, 2008
  $ (6,391 )   $ (596 )   $     $ (6,987 )
Period change
    (2,549 )     (421 )     (96 )     (3,066 )
 
Balance, January 31, 2009
  $ (8,940 )   $ (1,017 )   $ (96 )   $ (10,053 )
 
(2) Acquisitions
Fiscal Year 2009
The company completed three acquisitions during fiscal 2009 as described below:
  On October 24, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Meadors Construction Co., Inc. (“Meadors”), a construction company operating primarily in Florida. The operation will be combined with similar service lines and will serve to foster our further expansion into Florida and the southeast.
  On August 7, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Moore & Tabor, a geotechnical construction firm operating in California.
  On May 5, 2008, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Wittman Hydro Planning Associates (“WHPA”), a water consulting firm specializing in hydrologic systems modeling and analysis.
The aggregate purchase price of $8,926,000, comprised of cash of $8,815,000 ($1,150,000 of which was placed in escrow to secure certain representations, warranties and idemnifications under the purchage agreements) and expenses of $111,000 as reflected below:
                                 
(in thousands)   Meadors   Moore & Tabor   WHPA   Total
 
Cash
  $ 4,536     $ 1,785     $ 2,494     $ 8,815  
Expenses
    53       33       25       111  
 
Total purchase price
  $ 4,589     $ 1,818     $ 2,519     $ 8,926  
 
Escrow deposits
  $ 700     $ 150     $ 300     $ 1,150  
 
The preliminary purchase price for each acquisition has been allocated based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, determined based on the Company’s internal operational assessments and other analyses. Such amounts may be subject to revision as the acquired entities are integrated into the Company and the revisions may be significant and will be recorded by the Company as further adjustments to the purchase price allocation.
     Based on the Company’s preliminary allocations of the purchase price, the acquisitions had the following effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position as of their respective Closing Dates (in thousands):
                                 
(in thousands)   Meadors   Moore & Tabor   WHPA   Total
 
Working capital
  $ 2,072     $ 427     $ 394     $ 2,893  
Property and equipment
    592       798       40       1,430  
Goodwill
    1,865       593       1,832       4,290  
Other intangible assets
    60             250       310  
Other assets
                3       3  
 
Total purchase price
  $ 4,589     $ 1,818     $ 2,519     $ 8,926  
 

41


 

The identifiable intangible assets associated with Meadors consist of non-compete agreements valued at $60,000 and have a weighted-average useful life of two years. The identifiable intangible assets associated with WHPA consist of patents valued at $250,000, and have a weighted-average life of 15 years. The $4,290,000 of aggregate goodwill was assigned to the water infrastructure segment and is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
     The results of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income commencing with the respective closing dates. Pro forma amounts for prior periods have not been presented as the acquisitions would not have had a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated revenues or net income.
     In addition to the initial purchase price, there is contingent consideration up to a maximum of $2,500,000 (the “WHPA Earnout Amount”), which is based on a percentage of the amount by which WHPA’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization exceed a threshold amount during the 36 months following the acquisition. If earned, up to 80% of the WHPA Earnout Amount may be paid with Layne common stock, at the Company’s discretion. Any portion of the WHPA Earnout Amount which is ultimately paid will be accounted for as additional purchase consideration.
Fiscal Year 2008
The company completed two acquistions during fiscal 2008 as described below:
  On December 31, 2007 (the “Tierdael Closing Date”), the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Tierdael Construction (“Tierdael”), a pipeline and utility construction contractor in Denver which was combined with similar service lines.
  On November 30, 2007 (the “SolmeteX Closing Date”), the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of SolmeteX, Inc. (“SolmeteX”), a water and wastewater research and development business and a supplier of wastewater filtration products to the dental market.
The aggregate purchase price of $20,696,000, comprised of cash of $20,146,000 ($1,665,000 of which was placed in escrow to secure certain representations, warranties and idemnifications under the purchage agreements), assumed liabilites of $226,000 and expenses of $324,000, as reflected below:
                         
(in thousands)   Tierdael   Solmetex   Total
 
Cash
  $ 6,646     $ 13,500     $ 20,146  
Assumed liabilities
    226             226  
Expenses
    238       86       324  
 
Total purchase price
  $ 7,110     $ 13,586     $ 20,696  
 
Escrow deposits
  $ 665     $ 1,000     $ 1,665  
 
     In addition, there is contingent consideration up to a maximum of $1,000,000 (the “SolmeteX Earnout Amount”), which is based on a percentage of the amount of SolmeteX’s revenues during the 36 months following the acquisition. Any portion of the SolmeteX Earnout Amount that is ultimately paid will be accounted for as additional purchase consideration. Through January 31, 2009, the contingent earnout consideration earned by SolmeteX was $33,000 which was paid in March 2008.
     The purchase price for each acquisition has been allocated based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, determined based on the Company’s internal operational assessments and other analyses.
     Based on the Company’s allocations of the purchase price, the acquisitions had the following effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position as of their respective Closing Dates (in thousands):
                         
(in thousands)   Tierdael   Solmetex   Total
 
Working capital
  $ 3,983     $ 64     $ 4,047  
Property and equipment
    3,127       115       3,242  
Goodwill
          7,270       7,270  
Tradenames
          2,962       2,962  
Patents
          2,543       2,543  
Deferred income taxes
          551       551  
Other intangible assets
          81       81  
 
Total purchase price
  $ 7,110     $ 13,586     $ 20,696  
 
     Of the $6,056,000 of identifiable intangible assets associated with Solmetex, $21,000 was assigned to research and development assets that were written off in selling, general and administrative expenses at the date of acquisition in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 4, Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method. The remaining $6,035,000 of acquired intangible assets have a weighted-average useful life of approximately 15.4 years, comprised of tradenames (15-year weighted-average useful life), patents (15-year weighted-average useful life), and other assets (20-year average useful life). The $7,270,000 goodwill was assigned to the water infrastructure segment. Of that total amount, $7,053,000 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
     The results of operations of Tierdael have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income commencing with the Tierdael Closing Date. Assuming Tierdael had been acquired as of the beginning of each period, the unaudited pro forma consolidated revenues, net income and net income per share would be as follows:
                 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 890,755     $ 758,310  
Net income
    38,052       28,250  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 2.28     $ 1.84  
 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.25     $ 1.81  
 
     The results of operations of SolmeteX have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income commencing with the SolmeteX Closing Date. Assuming SolmeteX had been acquired as of the beginning of each period, the unaudited pro forma consolidated revenues, net income and net income per share would be as follows:
                 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 872,427     $ 726,575  
Net income
    36,307       25,211  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 2.18     $ 1.65  
 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.14     $ 1.61  
 

42


 

     The pro forma information provided above is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would actually have resulted if the acquisitions were made as of those dates or of results that may occur in the future. Pro forma results include adjustments for interest expense on the cash purchase price and depreciation and amortization expense on the acquisition adjustments to property and equipment and other intangible assets.
     On September 28, 2005, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Reynolds, Inc. (“Reynolds”), a privately held company and a major supplier of products and services to the water and wastewater industries. Under the terms of the purchase, there was contingent consideration up to a maximum of $15,000,000 (the “Earnout Amount”), which was based on Reynolds operating performance over a period of 36 months. During July 2007, the Company determined that it was probable that the maximum consideration would be achieved and agreed to settle the Earnout Amount on a discounted basis for $13,252,000, consisting of $2,270,000 in cash and $10,982,000 of Layne common stock, valued based on the average closing price of the five trading days ending July 31, 2007. The Company paid the cash portion of the settlement on July 31, 2007, and issued 249,023 shares of Layne common stock in August 2007 in payment of the stock portion. The Earnout Amount has been accounted for as additional purchase consideration, and accordingly the Company recorded $13,252,000 of additional goodwill in July 2007.
Fiscal Year 2007
The company completed two acquisitions during fiscal 2007 as described below:
  On November 20, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of American Water Services Underground Infrastructure, Inc. (“UIG”), a wholly owned subsidiary of American Water (USA), Inc. UIG is engaged in the business of providing trenchless pipeline rehabilitation services for sewer and storm water systems and was combined with a similar service line acquired.
  On June 16, 2006 (the “CWI Closing Date”), the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Collector Wells International, Inc. (“CWI”), a privately held specialty water services company that designs and constructs water supply systems. CWI was combined with a similar service line.
     The aggregate purchase price of $33,104,000, comprised of cash of $30,674,000, 45,563 shares of Layne common stock (valued at $1,263,000), cash purchase price adjustments and costs of $1,167,000 ($240,000 of which were paid in subsequent periods), as reflected below:
                         
(in thousands)   UIG   CWI   Total
 
Cash
  $ 27,524     $ 3,150     $ 30,674  
Layne common stock
          1,263       1,263  
Expenses and adjustments
    138       1,029       1,167  
 
Total purchase price
  $ 27,662     $ 5,442     $ 33,104  
 
     The cash portion of the UIG purchase price is net of certain purchase price adjustments based on the amount of tangible net worth at the closing date, $1,101,000 of which was received by the Company in February 2007.
     Layne common stock was valued in the transaction based upon a five-day average of the closing price of the stock two days before and two days after the CWI Closing Date. The stock was placed in escrow to secure certain representations, warranties and indemnifications under the purchase agreement and 10,570 and 9,400 shares were released in the years ended January 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The remaining 25,593 shares will be released in fiscal year 2010. The cash purchase price adjustments were based on the amount by which working capital at the CWI Closing Date exceeded a threshold amount established in the purchase agreement.
     In addition, there is contingent consideration up to a maximum of $1,400,000 (the “CWI Earnout Amount”), which is based on a percentage of the amount by which CWI’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization exceed a threshold amount during the thirty-six months following the acquisition. If earned, up to 20% of the CWI Earnout Amount may be paid with Layne common stock, at the Company’s discretion. Any portion of the CWI Earnout Amount which is ultimately paid will be accounted for as additional purchase consideration.
     The purchase price for each acquisition has been allocated based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, determined based on the historical cost basis of assets and liabilities, appraisals and other analyses.
     Based on the Company’s allocations of the purchase price, the acquisitions had the following effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position:
                         
(in thousands)   UIG   CWI   Total
 
Working capital
  $ 11,723     $ 1,016     $ 12,739  
Property and equipment
    13,602       1,580       15,182  
Goodwill
    3,891       3,436       7,327  
Other intangible assets
    143             143  
Other long-term assets
    69             69  
Deferred income taxes
    (1,766 )     (590 )     (2,356 )
 
Total purchase price
  $ 27,662     $ 5,442     $ 33,104  
 
     The results of operations of UIG have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income commencing November 20, 2006. Assuming UIG had been acquired as of the beginning of that year, the unaudited pro forma consolidated revenues, net income and net income per share would have been as follows:
         
(in thousands)   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 760,752  
Net income
    25,199  
Basic earnings per share
    1.64  
 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.61  
 
     The pro forma information provided above is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would actually have resulted if the acquisition was made as of those dates or of results that may occur in the future. Pro forma results include ad-

43


 

justments for interest expense on the cash purchase price and depreciation and amortization expense on the acquisition adjustments to property and equipment and other intangible assets.
     The results of operations of CWI have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income commencing with the CWI Closing Date. Pro forma amounts for prior periods are not presented since the acquisition did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated revenues or net income.
     In July 2006 and January 2007, the Company purchased certain gas wells and mineral interests in oil and gas properties from unrelated operators totaling $1,988,000 in cash. The acquisitions complemented the Company’s existing operation in the mid-continent region of the United States. The purchase price was allocated $1,376,000 to oil and gas properties and $612,000 to mineral interests in oil and gas properties.
(3) Investments in Affiliates
The Company’s investments in affiliates are carried at the fair value of the investment considered at the date acquired, plus the Company’s equity in undistributed earnings from that date. These affiliates, which generally are engaged in mineral exploration drilling and the manufacture and supply of drilling equipment, parts and supplies, are as follows at January 31, 2009:
         
    Percentage
    Owned
 
Christensen Chile, S.A. (Chile)
    50.00 %
Christensen Commercial, S.A. (Chile)
    50.00  
Geotec Boyles Bros., S.A. (Chile)
    50.00  
Boyles Bros. Diamantina, S.A. (Peru)
    29.49  
Christensen Commercial, S.A. (Peru)
    35.38  
Geotec, S.A. (Peru)
    35.38  
Boytec, S.A. (Panama)
    50.00  
Plantel Industrial S.A. (Chile)
    50.00  
Boytec Sondajes de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
    50.00  
Geoductos Chile, S.A. (Chile)
    50.00  
Mining Drilling Fluids (Panama)
    25.00  
Diamantina Christensen Trading (Panama)
    42.69  
Boyles Bros. do Brasil Ltd. (Brazil)
    40.00  
Boytec, S.A. (Columbia)
    50.00  
Centro Internacional de Formacion S.A. (Chile)
    50.00  
     Financial information of the affiliates is reported with a one-month lag in the reporting period. Summarized financial information of the affiliates as of January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the years then ended, was as follows:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Current assets
  $ 99,533     $ 78,165     $ 42,584  
Noncurrent assets
    62,570       42,682       29,696  
Current liabilities
    59,844       48,496       19,857  
Noncurrent liabilities
    13,319       9,373       4,755  
Revenues
    301,268       202,649       130,090  
Gross profit
    58,933       36,234       23,274  
Operating income
    40,081       24,074       14,319  
Net income
    32,626       18,762       10,862  
     The Company had no significant transactions or balances with its affiliates that resulted in amounts being included in the Consolidated Financial Statements as of January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the years then ended.
     The Company’s equity in undistributed earnings of the affiliates totaled $26,328,000, $15,190,000 and $9,635,000 as of January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(4) Impairment of Oil and Gas Properties
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company completed its annual determination of oil and gas reserves for the Energy division. This determination is made according to SEC guidelines and uses year end gas prices. Gas prices at January 31, 2009, used in the determination were $3.29 per Mcf, compared to $7.53 per Mcf used in January 31, 2008. As a result of lower prices, the expected future cash flows and gas reserve volumes were significantly reduced. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $26,690,000, or $16,081,000 after income tax, for the carrying value for the assets in excess of future net cash flows.
     We also recorded an impairment of $2,014,000 during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 related to the Company’s exploration project in Chile, begun in fiscal 2008. Following initial core testing and further evaluation of infrastructure requirements, it was determined that recovery of our investment was not likely and the costs were written off.
     We did not have ceiling test or any other oil and gas property impairments during the years ended January 31, 2008 and 2007.
(5) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following as of January 31:
                                 
    2009   2008
 
    Gross           Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
(in thousands)   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
 
Goodwill
  $ 90,029     $     $ 85,706     $  
 
Amortizable intangible assets:
                               
Tradenames
  $ 18,962     $ (2,275 )   $ 18,962     $ (1,464 )
Customer-related
    332       (332 )     332       (340 )
Patents
    3,152       (569 )     2,902       (307 )
Non-competition agreements
    439       (387 )     379       (273 )
Other
    2,590       (910 )     1,292       (553 )
 
Total amortizable intangible assets
  $ 25,475     $ (4,473 )   $ 23,867     $ (2,937 )
 

44


 

Amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of two to 40 years with a weighted average amortization period of 25 years. Total amortization expense for other intangible assets was $1,536,000, $1,123,000 and $1,068,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amortization expense for the subsequent five fiscal years is estimated as follows:
         
(in thousands)        
 
2010
  $ 1,535  
2011
    1,520  
2012
    1,191  
2013
    1,037  
2014
    1,037  
Of the total goodwill as of January 31, 2009 and 2008, $19,451,000 and $13,578,000, respectively, is expected to be tax deductible.
     The carrying amount of goodwill attributed to each operating segment was as follows (in thousands):
                         
            Water    
    Energy   Infrastructure   Total
 
Balance, February 1, 2007
  $ 950     $ 64,234     $ 65,184  
Additions
          20,522       20,522  
 
Balance, January 31, 2008
    950       84,756       85,706  
Additions
          4,323       4,323  
 
Balance, January 31, 2009
  $ 950     $ 89,079     $ 90,029  
 
(6) Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) consisted of the following for the years ended January 31:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Gain from disposal of property and equipment
  $ 30     $ 671     $ 994  
Settlement income
    2,173              
Gain on sale of mineral concession
                920  
Interest income
    1,065       953       187  
Exchange gain (loss)
    91       (430 )     95  
Miscellaneous, net
    (145 )     35       361  
 
Total
  $ 3,214     $ 1,229     $ 2,557  
 
In 2009, the Company initiated litigation against former officers of a subsidiary and associated energy production companies. During September 2008, the Company entered into a settlement agreement whereby it will receive certain payments over a period through September 2009. The payments received, net of attorney fees, were recorded as settlement income in 2009.
The gain from disposal of property and equipment relate to the Company’s efforts to monetize non-strategic assets as well as gains from disposals in the ordinary course of business. In January 2007, the Company sold its interest in a minerals concession for a gain of $920,000.
(7) Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts
  $ 811,011     $ 586,459  
Estimated earnings
    175,308       147,796  
 
 
    986,319       734,255  
Less: Billings to date
    956,937       705,100  
 
Total
  $ 29,382     $ 29,155  
 
Included in accompanying balance sheets under the following captions:
               
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
  $ 63,638     $ 60,796  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts
    (34,256 )     (31,641 )
 
Total
  $ 29,382     $ 29,155  
 
The Company generally does not bill contract retainage amounts until the contract is completed. The Company bills its customers based on specific contract terms. Substantially all billed amounts are collectible within one year. As of January 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company held unbilled contract retainage amounts of $39,149,000 and $33,201,000, respectively.
(8) Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes is as follows:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Domestic
  $ 25,962     $ 46,649     $ 31,928  
Foreign
    21,476       20,640       16,239  
 
Total
  $ 47,438     $ 67,289     $ 48,167  
 
Components of income tax expense are as follows:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Currently due:
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 7,696     $ 17,226     $ 13,150  
State and local
    1,820       3,125       2,541  
Foreign
    8,433       7,099       8,615  
 
 
    17,949       27,450       24,306  
 
Deferred:
                       
U.S. federal
    1,355       1,632       (941 )
State and local
    1,085       288       (649 )
Foreign
    877       808       (801 )
 
 
    3,317       2,728       (2,391 )
 
Total
  $ 21,266     $ 30,178     $ 21,915  
 

45


 

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The sources of these differences and their cumulative tax effects are as follows:
                                                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
    Assets   Liabilities   Total   Assets   Liabilities   Total
 
Contract income
  $ 659     $     $ 659     $ 4,545     $     $ 4,545  
Inventories
    1,912       (339 )     1,573       2,125       (271 )     1,854  
Accrued insurance
    4,395             4,395       2,809             2,809  
Other accrued liabilities
    1,720             1,720       2,234             2,234  
Prepaid expenses
          (718 )     (718 )           (684 )     (684 )
Bad debts
    3,028             3,028       2,866             2,866  
Employee compensation
    5,010             5,010       4,905             4,905  
Other
    916       (22 )     894       481       (299 )     182  
 
Total current
    17,640       (1,079 )     16,561       19,965       (1,254 )     18,711  
 
Cumulative translation adjustment
    5,508             5,508       4,665             4,665  
Buildings, machinery and equipment
    336       (19,035 )     (18,699 )     440       (16,251 )     (15,811 )
Gas transportation facilities and equipment
          (6,471 )     (6,471 )           (3,799 )     (3,799 )
Mineral interests and oil and gas properties
          (9,024 )     (9,024 )           (14,702 )     (14,702 )
Intangible assets
    731       (5,478 )     (4,747 )     744       (5,788 )     (5,044 )
Tax deductible goodwill
    1,069             1,069       2,831             2,831  
Accrued insurance
    4,051             4,051       3,988             3,988  
Pension
    936       (337 )     599       781       (689 )     92  
Stock-based compensation
    2,169             2,169       1,352             1,352  
Unremitted foreign earnings
          (4,878 )     (4,878 )           (3,036 )     (3,036 )
Other
    1,547       (187 )     1,360       1,230       (95 )     1,135  
 
Total noncurrent
    16,347       (45,410 )     (29,063 )     16,031       (44,360 )     (28,329 )
 
Total
  $ 33,987     $ (46,489 )   $ (12,502 )   $ 35,996     $ (45,614 )   $ (9,618 )
 
The Company has several Australian and African subsidiaries which have generated tax losses. The majority of these losses have been utilized to reduce the Company’s federal and state income tax liabilities. The Company has certain state tax loss carryforwards totaling $400,000 that expire between 2013 and 2021.
     As of January 31, 2009, undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and certain foreign affiliates included $45,800,000 for which no federal income or foreign withholding taxes have been provided. These earnings, which are considered to be in- vested indefinitely, become subject to income tax if they were remitted as dividends or if the Company were to sell its stock in the affiliates or subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income or withholding tax that would be payable upon remittance of these earnings.
     Deferred income taxes were provided on undistributed earnings of certain foreign affiliates where the earnings are not considered to be invested indefinitely.
     A reconciliation of the total income tax expense to the statutory federal rate is as follows:
                                                 
    2009   2008   2007
 
            Effective           Effective           Effective
(in thousands)   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
 
Income tax at statutory rate
  $ 16,603       35.0 %   $ 23,551       35.0 %   $ 16,858       35.0 %
State income tax, net
    1,888       4.0       2,219       3.3       1,230       2.6  
Difference in tax expense resulting from:
                                               
Nondeductible expenses
    972       2.0       1,041       1.5       842       1.8  
Taxes on foreign affiliates
    (2,873 )     (6.1 )     (1,370 )     (2.0 )     (774 )     (1.6 )
Taxes on foreign operations
    4,357       9.2       5,033       7.5       3,461       7.2  
Other, net
    319       0.7       (296 )     (0.5 )     298       0.5  
 
 
  $ 21,266       44.8 %   $ 30,178       44.8 %   $ 21,915       45.5 %
 
     The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109” (“FIN 48”), effective February 1, 2007. The interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
     The Company’s adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment increasing retained earnings by $465,000 as of February 1, 2007. Prior to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company classified income tax uncertainties as current liabilities. Upon adoption of FIN 48, approximately $4,600,000 was reclassified to non-current liabilities because the resolution of those tax uncertainties was not expected to be resolved within 12 months.

46


 

     A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 6,642     $ 6,152  
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
    3,033       3,248  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    353       772  
Impact of changes in exchange rate
    (582 )     79  
Settlements with tax authorities
    27       (162 )
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (1,031 )     (2,995 )
Reductions due to the lapse of statutes of limitation
    (830 )     (452 )
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 7,612     $ 6,642  
 
Substantially all of the unrecognized tax benefits recorded at January 31, 2009 and 2008, would affect the effective rate if recognized. It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change during the next year; however, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.
     The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense, which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior years. As of January 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $2,872,000 and $2,752,000, respectively, of interest and penalties accrued associated with unrecognized tax benefits. The liability of interest and penalties increased $120,000 and $970,000 during the years ended January 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
     The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company settled IRS examinations during the year ended January 31, 2008, relating to the tax years ended January 31, 1999 through 2003. The examinations did not result in material adjustments. The statue of limitations expired for the tax year ended January 31, 2005, during the year ended January 31, 2009. The Company is not currently under IRS examination for its remaining open tax years, and the statutes of limitation will expire for those years between 2010 through 2012. The Company is not currently under examination by any state or local jurisdictions. The state and local tax years open to examination will close between 2010 and 2012.
     The Company files tax returns in the foreign jurisdictions where it operates. The returns are subject to examination and numerous tax audits may be ongoing at any point in time. Tax liabilities are recorded based on estimates of additional taxes which will be due upon settlement of those audits. The tax years subject to examination by foreign tax authorities vary by jurisdiction, but generally the tax years 2004 through 2009 remain open to examination.
(9) Operating Leases and Other Obligations
     Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year from January 31, 2009, are as follows:
         
(in thousands)        
 
2010
  $ 12,902  
2011
    8,002  
2012
    6,281  
2013
    5,038  
2014
    3,434  
Thereafter
     
Operating leases are primarily for light and medium duty trucks and other equipment. Rent expense under operating leases (including insignificant amounts of contingent rental payments) was $31,660,000, $27,977,000 and $22,866,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
     Asset retirement obligations consist of the estimated costs of dismantlement, removal, site reclamation and similar activities associated with our oil and gas properties. An asset retirement obligation and the related asset retirement cost are recorded when a well is drilled and completed. The asset retirement cost is determined based on the expected costs to complete the reclamation at the end of the well’s economic life, discounted to its present value using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate. After initial recording, the liability is increased for the passage of time, with the increase being reflected in the consolidated statements of income as depreciation, depletion and amortization. Asset retirements costs are capitalized as part of oil and gas properties and depleted accordingly. Additions to the asset retirement obligations during the years ended January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $185,000, $170,000 and $243,000, respectively. Accretion during the same periods was $77,000, $60,000 and $43,000, respectively. The carrying values of the asset retirement obligations as of January 31, 2009 and 2008 were $1,305,000 and $1,043,000, respectively, and are recorded in Other Long Term Liabilities.
(10) Employee Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors a pension plan covering certain hourly employees not covered by union-sponsored, multi-employer plans. Benefits are computed based mainly on years of service. The Company makes annual contributions to the plan substantially equal to the amounts required to maintain the qualified status of the plan. Contributions are intended to provide for benefits related to past and current service with the Company. Effective December 31, 2003, the Company froze the pension plan, ceased accrual of benefits and no further employees will be added to the Plan. Depending on market conditions, the Company expects to use assets of the plan to settle its benefit obligation during 2010.
     On January 31, 2007, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) .” SFAS 158 required the Company to recognize the funded status (i.e., the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligations) of its pension plans in the January 31, 2007 balance sheet, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses which were

47


 

previously netted against the plan’s funded status in the Company’s balance sheet pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 87. These amounts are being recognized as net periodic pension cost pursuant to the Company’s historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension costs in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts are being recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of SFAS 158.
     The adoption of SFAS 158 had no effect on the Company’s consolidated statements of income for any period presented. The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of SFAS 158 on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at January 31, 2007 are presented in the following table:
                         
    Pension Plan
    Prior to           Post
    Adoption           Adoption
    of SFAS           of SFAS
(in thousands)   158   Adjustments   158
 
Other non-current assets
  $ 2,979     $ (2,121 )   $ 858  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss before taxes
  $     $ (2,121 )   $ (2,121 )
Deferred tax liabilities
          819       819  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $     $ (1,302 )   $ (1,302 )
 
     Beginning with the Company’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, SFAS 158 also requires a company to measure its plan assets and benefit obligations as of its fiscal balance sheet date. The Company had previously used December 31 as its measurement date. The Company has elected to apply the transition option under which a 13-month measurement was determined as of December 31, 2007, that covers the period until the fiscal year-end measurement is required on January 31, 2009. As a result, the Company recorded a $47,000 decrease to retained earnings as of February 1, 2008.The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status as of the measurement dates and the amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 31, 2009 and 2008:
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 7,326     $ 8,191  
Service cost
           
Interest cost
    513       450  
Actuarial gain (loss)
    (195 )     (902 )
Benefits paid
    (450 )     (413 )
 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    7,194       7,326  
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    9,109       9,049  
Actual return on plan assets
    (553 )     473  
Benefits paid
    (450 )     (413 )
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    8,106       9,109  
 
Funded status recognized as other non-current assets
  $ 912     $ 1,783  
 
     Net periodic pension cost for 2009, 2008 and 2007 includes the following components:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Service cost and expenses
  $ 105     $ 96     $ 86  
Interest cost
    513       450       452  
Expected return on assets
    (592 )     (536 )     (529 )
Net amortization
    149       215       271  
 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 175     $ 225     $ 280  
 
     The Company has recognized the full amount of its actuarially determined pension liability. The estimated net loss for the plan that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income to net periodic benefit cost during 2010 is $105,000.
     The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation and the net periodic pension cost for the years ending January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:
                         
    2009   2008   2007
 
Discount rate
    6.92 %     6.49 %     5.90 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    7.0 %     7.0 %     7.0 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Health care cost trend on covered charges
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Market-related value of assets
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Expected return on assets
  Smoothed   Smoothed   Smoothed
 
  value   value   value
The estimated long-term rate of return on assets was developed based on the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. Benefit level assumptions for 2009, 2008 and 2007 are based on fixed amounts per year of credited service.
     The percentage of the fair value of total plan assets for each major category of plan assets as of the measurement date follows:
                 
    As of
    January 31,   December 31,
    2009   2007
 
Equity securities
    %     60 %
Debt securities
    13       13  
Cash and cash equivalents
    87       27  
The Company’s investment policy includes the following asset allocation guidelines, which were effective for both periods presented:
                 
    Normal   Policy
    Weighting   Range
 
Equity securities
    60 %     40-70 %
Debt securities
    35       20-60  
Cash and cash equivalents
    5       0-15  
     As of December 31, 2007, in response to changing market conditions, the investment manager sought to minimize portfolio risk with asset allocations to cash and cash equivalents from debt securities outside of the established policy range, as allowed by the discretion granted to the investment manager by the Company. As of January 31, 2009, in anticipation of the Company’s decision to settle the obligations of the plan in 2010,

48


 

the asset allocation was shifted out of equity securities into short-term bonds.
     The asset allocation policy was developed in consideration of the following long-term investment objectives: to achieve long-term inflation-adjusted growth in asset values through investments in common stock and fixed income obligations, to minimize risk by maintaining an allocation to cash equivalents, to manage the portfolio to conform to ERISA requirements, to manage plan assets on a total return basis, and to maximize total returns consistent with an appropriate level of risk. Risk is to be controlled via diversification of investments among and within asset classes.
     The Company contracts with a financial institution to provide investment management services. Full discretion in portfolio investments is given to the investment manager subject to the asset allocation guidelines and the following additional guidelines:
  Equity Securities — Allowable equity securities include common stocks listed on any U.S. stock exchange or over-the-counter common stocks, preferred and convertible securities. The equity holdings of any single issuer should aggregate to no more than 10% of the total market value of the plan.
 
  International Securities — Allowable international securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, as well as government and corporate debt securities.
 
  Mutual Funds — Mutual funds may be utilized for investments in fixed income, equity and international securities to enhance diversification and performance.
 
  Fixed Income Securities — Allowable fixed income securities include U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Agency securities and corporate bonds. All fixed income securities shall be rated “A” or better at the time of purchase. No fixed income security shall continue to be held if its rating falls below “BBB.” The securities of any single issuer, with the exception of U.S. Treasuries and Agencies, should aggregate to no more than 10% of the total market value of the Plan. The fixed income segment of the portfolio will generally have an intermediate average maturity (five to 10 years) and a maximum permitted maturity for an individual issue of 15 years.
     The Company’s policy with respect to funding the qualified pension plan is to fund at least the minimum required by ERISA and not more than the maximum deductible for tax purposes. No contribution is expected to be required by ERISA for the January 1 to December 31, 2009, plan year. The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan during the 2009 calendar year.
     The estimated benefit payments expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows:
         
(in thousands)        
 
2010
  $ 425  
2011
    436  
2012
    447  
2013
    456  
2014
    460  
2015-2019
    4,366  
The Company also provides supplemental retirement benefits to its chief executive officer. Benefits are computed based on the compensation earned during the highest five consecutive years of employment reduced for a portion of Social Security benefits and an annuity equivalent of the chief executive’s defined contribution plan balance. The Company does not contribute to the plan or maintain any investment assets related to the expected benefit obligation. The Company has recognized the full amount of its actuarially determined pension liability. The amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at January 31, 2009 and 2008, were $2,432,000 and $2,021,000. Net periodic pension cost of the supplemental retirement benefits for 2009, 2008 and 2007 include the following components:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Service cost
  $ 269     $ 176     $ 100  
Interest cost
    142       103       88  
 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 411     $ 279     $ 188  
 
The Company also participates in a number of defined benefit, multi-employer plans. These plans are union-sponsored, and the Company makes contributions equal to the amounts accrued for pension expense. Total union pension expense for these plans was $3,780,000, $2,961,000 and $3,062,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Information regarding assets and accumulated benefits of these plans has not been made available to the Company.
     The Company’s salaried and certain hourly employees participate in Company-sponsored, defined contribution plans. Total expense for the Company’s portion of these plans was $4,215,000, $3,777,000 and $2,996,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
     In January 2006, the Company initiated a deferred compensation plan for certain management employees. Participants may elect to defer up to 25% of their salaries, and beginning in January 2007, up to 50% of their bonuses to the plan. Company matching contributions, and the vesting period of those contributions, are established at the discretion of the Company. Employee deferrals are vested at all times. The total amount deferred, including Company matching, for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1,939,000, $2,237,000 and $1,257,000, respectively. The total liability for deferred compensation was $4,229,000 and $3,501,000 as of January 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(11) Indebtedness
The Company maintains an agreement (“Master Shelf Agreement”) whereby it can issue up to $105,000,000 in unsecured notes before September 15, 2009. On July 31, 2003, the Company issued $40,000,000 of notes (“Series A Senior Notes”) under the Master Shelf Agreement. The Series A Senior Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.05% and are due on July 31, 2010, with annual principal payments of $13,333,000 beginning July 31, 2008. The Company issued an additional $20,000,000 of notes under the Master Shelf Agreement in October 2004 (“Series B Senior Notes”). The Series B Senior Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 5.40% and are due on September 29, 2011, with annual principal payments of $6,667,000 beginning September 29, 2009.

49


 

     The Company also maintains a revolving credit facility under an Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, as Administrative Agent and as Lender (the “Administrative Agent”), and the other Lenders listed therein (the “Lenders”), which contains a revolving loan commitment of $200,000,000, less any outstanding letter of credit commitments (which are subject to a $30,000,000 sublimit). The Credit Agreement provides for interest at variable rates equal to, at the Company’s option, a LIBOR rate plus 0.75% to 2.00%, or a base rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement plus up to 0.50%, depending upon the Company’s leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement is unsecured and is due and payable November 15, 2011. On January 31, 2009, there were letters of credit of $15,841,000 and no borrowings outstanding on the Credit Agreement resulting in available capacity of $184,159,000.
     The Master Shelf Agreement and the Credit Agreement contain certain covenants including restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, investments, acquisitions, transfer or sale of assets, transactions with affiliates, payment of dividends and certain financial maintenance covenants, including among others, fixed charge coverage, maximum debt to EBITDA and minimum tangible net worth. The Company was in compliance with its covenants as of January 31, 2009.
     Compliance with the financial covenants is required on a quarterly basis, using the most recent four fiscal quarters. The Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio covenants are based on ratios utilizing adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDAR, as defined in the agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is generally defined as consolidated net income excluding net interest expense, provision for income taxes, gains or losses from extraordinary items, gains or losses from the sale of capital assets, non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, and share-based compensation. Equity in earnings of affiliates is included only to the extent of dividends or distributions received. Adjusted EBITDAR is defined as adjusted EBITDA, plus rent expense. The Company’s tangible net worth covenant is based on stockholders’ equity less intangible assets. All of these measures are considered non-GAAP financial measures and are not intended to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
     The Company’s minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant is the ratio of adjusted EBITDAR to the sum of fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of rent expense, interest expense, and principal payments of long-term debt. The Company’s leverage ratio covenant is the ratio of total funded indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA. Total funded indebtedness generally consists of outstanding debt, capital leases, unfunded pension liabilities, asset retirement obligations and escrow liabilities. The Company’s tangible net worth covenant is measured based on stockholders’ equity, less intangible assets, as compared to a threshold amount defined in the agreements. The threshold is adjusted over time based on a percentage of net income and the proceeds from the issuance of equity securities.
     As of January 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s actual and required covenant levels were as follows:
                                 
    Actual   Required   Actual   Required
(in thousands)   2009   2009   2008   2008
 
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
    4.22       1.50       5.65       1.50  
Maximum leverage ratio
    0.44       3.00       0.57       3.25  
Minimum tangible net worth
  $ 340,280     $ 291,237     $ 313,571     $ 274,647  
     Maximum borrowings outstanding under the Company’s credit agreements during 2009 and 2008 were $60,000,000 and $186,000,000, respectively, and the average outstanding borrowings were $52,200,000 and $127,300,000 , respectively. The weighted average interest rates, including amortization of loan costs, were 6.4% and 6.7%, respectively.
     Loan costs incurred for securing long-term financing are amortized using a method that approximates the effective interest method over the term of the respective loan agreement. Amortization of these costs for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $183,000, $169,000 and $161,000, respectively. Amortization of loan costs is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income.
     Debt outstanding as of January 31, 2009 and 2008, whose carrying value approximates fair market value, was as follows:
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Long-term debt:
               
Credit Agreement
  $     $  
Senior Notes
    46,667       60,000  
 
Total debt
    46,667       60,000  
Less current maturities
    (20,000 )     (13,333 )
 
Total long-term debt
  $ 26,667     $ 46,667  
 
     As of January 31, 2009, debt outstanding will mature by fiscal year as follows:
         
(in thousands)        
 
2010
  $ 20,000  
2011
    20,000  
2012
    6,667  
Thereafter
     

50


 

(12) Derivatives
The Company’s energy division is exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas and has entered into fixed-price physical delivery contracts to manage natural gas price risk for a portion of its production. As of January 31, 2009, the Company had committed to deliver 6,183,000 million British Thermal Units (“MMBtu”) of natural gas through March 2010 at prices ranging from $7.68 to $8.52 per MMBtu through March 2009, and from $7.61 to $10.67 per MMBtu from April 2009 to March 2010.
     The fixed-price physical delivery forward sales contracts will result in the physical delivery of natural gas, and as a result, are exempt from the requirements of SFAS 133 under the normal purchases and sales exception. Accordingly, the contracts are not reflected in the balance sheet at fair value and revenues from the contracts are recognized as the natural gas is delivered under the terms of the contracts. The estimated fair value of such contracts at January 31, 2009, was $27,950,000.
     Additionally, the Company has foreign operations that have significant costs denominated in foreign currencies, and thus is exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. At any point in time, the Company might use various hedge instruments, primarily foreign currency option contracts, to manage the exposures associated with forecast expatriate labor costs and purchases of operating supplies. The Company does not enter into foreign currency derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
     As of January 31, 2009, the Company held option contracts with an aggregate U.S. dollar notional value of $9,800,000, which are intended to hedge exposure to Australian dollar fluctuations. The contracts settle in various increments through January 31, 2010. The fair value of the instruments of $158,000 as of January 31, 2009, is recorded in other current liabilities, and net of income taxes of $62,000, in accumulated other comprehensive income.
(13) Stock and Stock Option Plans
     In October 2008, the Company amended the Rights Agreement signed in October 1998 whereby the Company authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (“Right”) for each outstanding common share of the Company. Subject to limited exceptions, the Rights are exercisable if a person or group acquires or announces a tender offer for 20% or more of the Company’s common stock. Each Right will entitle shareholders to buy one one-hundredth of a share of a newly created Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $75.00. The Company is entitled to redeem the Right at $.01 per Right at any time before a person has acquired 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Rights expire three years from the date of grant.
     In October 2007, the Company completed a public stock offering of 3,105,000 common shares. Proceeds of the offering, net of issuance costs of $9,344,000, were $159,879,000.
     The Company has stock option and employee incentive plans that provide for the granting of options to purchase or the issuance of shares of common stock at a price fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee. As of January 31, 2009, there were an aggregate of 1,450,000 shares registered under the plans, 467,000 of which remain available to be granted under the plans. Of this amount, 250,000 shares may only be granted as stock in payment of bonuses and 217,000 may be issued as stock or options. Subsequent to January 31, 2009, the Company has issued substantially all remaining available options. The Company has the ability to issue shares under the plans either from new issuances or from treasury, although it has previously always issued new shares and expects to continue to issue new shares in the future. In the year ended January 31, 2009, the Company purchased and subsequently cancelled 5,357 shares of stock related to settlement of withholding obligations.
     The Company recognized $1,369,000 and $638,000 in compensation cost of nonvested shares for the years ended January 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. A summary of nonvested share activity for 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
                         
            Weighted   Aggregate
            Average   Intrinsic
    Number of   Grant Date   Value (in
    Shares   Fair Value   thousands)
 
Nonvested stock at January 31, 2006
    8,598     $ 15.26          
         
Granted
    1,000       29.70          
Vested
    (8,598 )     15.26          
         
Nonvested stock at January 31, 2007
    1,000     $ 29.70          
         
Granted
    73,863       42.76          
Vested
    (1,000 )     29.70          
         
Nonvested stock at January 31, 2008
    73,863     $ 42.76          
         
Granted
    38,584       37.39          
Vested
    (22,638 )     42.76          
 
Nonvested stock at January 31, 2009
    89,809     $ 40.48     $ 1,417  
 
     Significant option groups outstanding at January 31, 2009, and related exercise price and remaining contractual term follows:
                                 
                            Remaining
                            Contractual
Grant   Options   Options   Exercise   Term
Date   Outstanding   Exercisable   Price   (Months)
 
4/99
    7,741       7,741       4.125       3  
2/00
    1,900       1,900       5.500       13  
4/00
    13,794       13,794       3.495       15  
6/04
    20,000       20,000       16.600       65  
6/04
    77,376       77,376       16.650       65  
6/05
    10,000       10,000       17.540       77  
9/05
    157,000       94,500       23.050       80  
1/06
    191,481       138,922       27.870       84  
6/06
    10,000       10,000       29.290       89  
6/06
    70,000       35,000       29.290       89  
6/07
    65,625       13,125       42.260       101  
7/07
    33,000       8,250       42.760       102  
9/07
    3,000       750       55.480       104  
2/08
    74,524             35.710       108  
1/09
    6,000       6,000       24.010       119  
 
 
    741,441       437,358                  
 
All options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The options have terms of 10 years from the date of grant

51


 

and generally vest ratably over periods of three to five years. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change of control (as defined in the plans) and for equitable adjustments in the event of changes in the Company’s equity structure. The Company does not expect any unvested shares to be forfeited. The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The weighted average fair value at the date of grant for options granted during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $16.30, $20.82 and $12.68, respectively. The fair value was based on an expected life of six years, no dividend yield, an average risk-free rate of 2.48%, 4.79% and 4.95%, respectively, and assumed volatility of 48%, 38% and 35%, respectively.
     Stock option transactions for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
Shares Under Option
                    Weighted    
            Weighted   Average   Aggregate
            Average   Remaining   Intrinsic
    Number of   Exercise   Contractual Term   Value (in
    Shares   Price   (years)   thousands)
 
Stock Option Activity Summary:
                               
Outstanding at January 31, 2006
    1,116,718     $ 17.728                  
                 
Exercisable at January 31, 2006
    455,640       10.603                  
                 
Granted
    87,000       29.318                  
Exercised
    (237,689 )     12.656             $ 4,422  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (2,500 )     16.650               30  
Expired
                           
                 
Outstanding at January 31, 2007
    963,529     $ 20.028                  
                 
Exercisable at January 31, 2007
    413,356     $ 15.202                  
                 
Granted
    106,000       42.790                  
Exercised
    (215,106 )     13.632               6,890  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (3,750 )     16.650               151  
Expired
    (723 )     11.400               19  
                 
Outstanding at January 31, 2008
    849,950     $ 24.541                  
                 
Exercisable at January 31, 2008
    392,585     $ 19.944                  
                 
Granted
    80,524       34.838                  
Exercised
    (189,033 )     17.578               6,385  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
                           
Expired
                           
 
Outstanding at January 31, 2009
    741,441     $ 27.435       6.99       279  
 
Exercisable at January 31, 2009
    437,358     $ 23.659       6.39       279  
 
(14) Contingencies
The Company’s drilling activities involve certain operating hazards that can result in personal injury or loss of life, damage and destruction of property and equipment, damage to the surrounding areas, release of hazardous substances or wastes and other damage to the environment, interruption or suspension of drill site operations and loss of revenues and future business. The magnitude of these operating risks is amplified when the Company, as is frequently the case, conducts a project on a fixed-price, bundled basis where the Company delegates certain functions to subcontractors but remains responsible to the customer for the subcontracted work. In addition, the Company is exposed to potential liability under foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, contractual indemnification agreements or otherwise in connection with its services and products. Litigation arising from any such occurrences may result in the Company being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims. Although the Company maintains insurance protec tion that it considers economically prudent, there can be no assurance that any such insurance will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all claims or hazards to which the Company may be subject or that the Company will be able to continue to obtain such insurance protection. A successful claim or damage resulting from a hazard for which the Company is not fully insured could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company does not maintain political risk insurance with respect to its foreign operations.
     The Company is involved in various other matters of litigation, claims and disputes which have arisen in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. The Company believes that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not, individually and in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon its business or consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     On April 30, 2008, Levelland/Hockley County Ethanol, LLC (“Levelland”) filed a Complaint against the Company in the District Court for Hockley County, Texas. On May 28, 2008, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Lubbock Division. On June 2, 2008, Levelland filed a First Amended Complaint against the Company in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Lubbock Division. Levelland owns an ethanol plant located in Levelland, Texas. In July 2007, Levelland entered into a lease agreement with the Company for certain water treatment equipment for the ethanol plant. Levelland alleges that the equipment leased from the Company fails to treat the water coming into the ethanol plant to required levels. The First Amended Complaint seeks damages for breach of contract, breach of warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act, negligence, negligent misrepresentation and fraud, in connection with the design and construction of the water treatment facility. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claims, intends to vigorously defend against them and does not believe that the claims will have a material adverse effect upon its business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
(15) Segments and Foreign Operations
The Company is a multinational company that provides sophisticated services and related products to a variety of markets, as well as being a producer of unconventional natural gas for the energy market. Management defines the Company’s operational organizational structure into discrete divisions based on its primary product lines. Each division comprises a combination of individual district offices, which primarily offer similar types of services and serve similar types of markets. Although individual offices within a division may periodically perform services

52


 

normally provided by another division, the results of those services are recorded in the offices’ own division. For example, if a mineral exploration division office performed water well drilling services, the revenues would be recorded in the mineral exploration division rather than the water infrastructure division. The Company’s segments are defined as follows:
Water Infrastructure
This division provides a full line of water-related services and products including hydrological studies, site selection, well design, drilling and development, pump installation, and well rehabilitation. The division’s offerings include the design and construction of water and wastewater treatment facilities, the provision of filter media and membranes to treat volatile organics and other contaminants such as nitrates, iron, manganese, arsenic, radium and radon in groundwater, Ranney collector wells, sewer rehabilitation and water and wastewater transmission lines. The division also offers environmental services to assess and monitor groundwater contaminants.
Mineral Exploration Division
This division provides a complete range of drilling services for the mineral exploration industry. Its aboveground and underground drilling activities include all phases of core drilling, diamond, reverse circulation, dual tube, hammer and rotary air-blast methods.
Energy Division
This division focuses on the exploration and production of unconventional gas properties, primarily concentrating on projects in the mid-continent region of the United States.
Other
Other includes two small specialty energy service companies and any other specialty operations not included in one of the other divisions.

53


 

Financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below. Unallocated corporate expenses primarily consist of general and administrative functions performed on a company-wide basis and benefiting all segments. These costs include accounting, financial reporting, internal audit, safety, treasury, corporate and securities law, tax compliance, certain executive management (chief executive officer, chief financial officer and general counsel) and board of directors. Corporate assets are all assets of the Company not directly associated with a segment, and consist primarily of cash and deferred income taxes
                         
(in thousands)            
As of and for the Year Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
 
Revenues
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 766,957     $ 639,584     $ 531,916  
Mineral exploration
    188,918       178,482       148,911  
Energy
    46,352       39,749       27,081  
Other
    5,836       10,459       14,860  
 
Total revenues
  $ 1,008,063     $ 868,274     $ 722,768  
 
Equity in earnings of affiliates
                       
Mineral exploration
  $ 14,089     $ 8,076     $ 4,452  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 48,399     $ 42,995     $ 35,000  
Mineral exploration
    39,260       37,452       26,557  
Energy
    (12,401 )     13,075       10,680  
Other
    1,280       3,696       4,094  
Unallocated corporate expenses
    (25,486 )     (21,199 )     (18,383 )
Interest
    (3,614 )     (8,730 )     (9,781 )
 
Total income before income taxes and minority interests
  $ 47,438     $ 67,289     $ 48,167  
 
 
Investment in affiliates
                       
Mineral exploration
  $ 40,973     $ 29,835     $ 24,280  
 
Total assets
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 422,383     $ 388,491     $ 321,406  
Mineral exploration
    125,588       110,064       89,826  
Energy
    100,309       112,363       91,552  
Other
    2,482       2,449       4,112  
Corporate
    68,595       83,588       40,268  
 
Total assets
  $ 719,357     $ 696,955     $ 547,164  
 
Capital expenditures
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 27,924     $ 22,029     $ 23,777  
Mineral exploration
    20,944       18,451       11,607  
Energy
    30,891       30,345       40,737  
Other
    237       1,037       483  
Corporate
    1,027       1,508       196  
 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 81,023     $ 73,370     $ 76,800  
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
                       
Water infrastructure
  $ 23,741     $ 21,978     $ 17,691  
Mineral exploration
    13,362       10,523       8,260  
Energy
    14,644       10,704       6,531  
Other
    935       237       229  
Corporate
    158       178       142  
 
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization
  $ 52,840     $ 43,620     $ 32,853  
 

54


 

                         
(in thousands)            
Fiscal Years Ended January 31,   2009   2008   2007
 
Geographic information:
                       
Revenues
                       
United States
  $ 841,542     $ 712,098     $ 595,959  
Australia/Africa
    88,967       89,739       78,640  
Mexico
    37,775       42,242       32,749  
Other foreign
    39,779       24,195       15,420  
 
Total revenues
  $ 1,008,063     $ 868,274     $ 722,768  
 
Property and equipment, net
                       
United States
  $ 213,408     $ 218,047     $ 191,797  
Australia/Africa
    18,663       19,530       16,655  
Mexico
    9,379       8,555       5,279  
Other foreign
    5,295       1,235       786  
 
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 246,745     $ 247,367     $ 214,517  
 
(16) New Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. On February 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 for its financial assets and liabilities. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity or disclosures.
     In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. These nonfinancial items include assets and liabilities such as reporting units measured at fair value in a goodwill impairment test, nonfinancial assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination and other purchased intangible assets. The adoption of SFAS 157 for those nonfinancial assets within the scope of FSP 157-2 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
     In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of an Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (“FSP 157-3”), with the intent to clarify the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active by providing an example to illustrate the key considerations in the application of this guidance. It emphasizes that the use of a reporting entity’s own assumptions about future cash flows and an appropriately risk-adjusted discount rate in determining the fair value for a financial asset is acceptable when relevant observable inputs are not available. FSP 157-3 was effective upon its issuance and did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity or disclosures.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”), which requires a company that sponsors a postretirement benefit plan to fully recognize, as an asset or liability, the overfunded or underfunded status of its benefit plan(s) in its year-end balance sheet. These provisions of SFAS 158 were effective for the Company’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2007. In addition, beginning with the Company’s fiscal year ending January 31, 2009, SFAS 158 requires a company to measure its plan assets and benefit obligations as of its fiscal year-end balance sheet date. The Company has elected to apply the transition option under which a 13-month measurement was determined as of December 31, 2007 that covers the period until the fiscal year-end measurement is required on January 31, 2009. As a result, the Company recorded a $47,000 decrease to retained earnings as of February 1, 2008.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits the measurement of specified financial instruments and warranty and insurance contracts at fair value on a contract-by-contract basis, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each reporting period. The Company adopted this standard on a prospective basis as of February 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not impact our consolidated financial statements since we did not elect to apply the fair value option for any of our eligible financial instruments or other items on the February 1, 2008, effective date.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The Company will be required to adopt this standard beginning in the first quarter of the fiscal year ending January 31, 2010. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 141R to have a significant

55


 

impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statement — an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 required noncontrolling interests, previously referred to as minority interests, to be treated as a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity and applies to the accounting for noncontrolling interest holders in consolidated financial statements. The Company will be required to adopt this standard beginning in the first quarter of the fiscal year ending January 31, 2010. The adoption of SFAS 160 will result in a reclassification of $75,000 of minority interest into equity.
     In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The Company will be required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year ending January 31, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new rules on its accounting and disclosure.
     On December 29, 2008, the SEC adopted new rules related to modernizing accounting and disclosure requirements for oil and natural gas companies. The new disclosure requirements include provisions that permit the use of new technologies to determine proved reserves if those technologies have been demonstrated empirically to lead to reliable conclusions about reserve volumes. The new rules also allow companies the option to disclose probable and possible reserves in addition to the existing requirement to disclose proved reserves. The new disclosure requirements also require companies to report the independence and qualifications of third party preparers of reserves and file reports when a third party is relied upon to prepare reserves estimates. A significant change to the rules involves the pricing at which reserves are measured. The new rules utilize a 12-month average price using beginning of the month pricing (February 1 to January 1) to report oil and gas reserves rather than year-end prices. In addition, the 12-month average will also be used to test cost center ceilings for impairment and to compute depreciation, depletion and amortization. The Company will be required to adopt these rules in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new rules on its accounting and disclosure.
(17) Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
Unaudited quarterly financial data are as follows:
                                 
(in thousands, except per share data)                
2009   First   Second   Third   Fourth
 
Revenues
  $ 244,544     $ 269,638     $ 264,483     $ 229,398  
Net income (loss)
    10,562       15,096       12,227       (11,351 )
Basic net income (loss) per share
    0.55       0.79       0.64       (0.59 )
Diluted net income (loss) per share
    0.55       0.78       0.63       (0.59 )
 
                               
2008   First   Second   Third   Fourth
 
Revenues
  $ 201,615     $ 217,844     $ 225,226     $ 223,589  
Net income
    8,153       9,568       9,929       9,606  
Basic net income per share
    0.53       0.61       0.60       0.50  
Diluted net income per share
    0.52       0.60       0.59       0.50  
 
During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $26,690,000, or $16,081,000 after income tax, related to its energy operations as a result of its annual determination of oil and gas reserves.

56


 

Supplemental Information on Oil and Gas Producing Activities (Unaudited)
The Company’s oil and gas activities are primarily conducted in the United States. See Note 1 for additional information regarding the Company’s oil and gas properties.
Capitalized Costs Related to Oil and Gas Producing Activities
Capitalized costs and associated depletion relating to oil and gas producing activities were as follows at January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Oil and gas properties
  $ 92,497     $ 76,844     $ 58,458  
Mineral interest in oil and gas properties
    21,248       18,165       12,515  
 
 
    113,745       95,009       70,973  
Accumulated depletion
    (54,859 )     (16,353 )     (7,848 )
 
Total
  $ 58,886     $ 78,656     $ 63,125  
 
     Included in accumulated depletion at January 31, 2009, were non-cash ceiling test impairments of $26,690,000. There were no such impairments at January 31, 2008 and 2007. See Note 4 for additional information regarding impairment of oil and gas properties.
     Unproved oil and gas property and mineral interest costs at January 31, 2009, totaled $10,348,000 and $9,305,000, respectively. Unevaluated mineral interest costs excluded from depreciation, depletion and amortization at January 31, 2009 and 2008, totaled $9,305,000 and $8,405,000, respectively.
     Capitalized costs and associated depreciation relating to gas transportation facilities and equipment were as follows at January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Gas transportation facilities and equipment
  $ 39,825     $ 30,266     $ 24,939  
Accumulated depreciation
    (6,831 )     (4,355 )     (2,353 )
 
Total
  $ 32,994     $ 25,911     $ 22,586  
 
     Capitalized costs incurred in gas transportation facilities and equipment during 2009, 2008 and 2007 totaled $6,739,000, $5,327,000 and $12,413,000, respectively. During fiscal 2009, we transferred $2,820,000 from oil and gas properties to gas transportation facilities and equipment as the Company began to use these facilities to transport third party natural gas to market.
Cost Incurred in Oil and Gas Producing Activities
Capitalized costs incurred in oil and gas producing activities were as follows during 2009, 2008 and 2007:
                         
(in thousands)   2009   2008   2007
 
Acquisition
                       
Proved
  $ 2,061     $ 5,647     $ 4,249  
Unproved
                 
Exploration
    5       1,501       25  
Development
    20,802       16,718       23,719  
 
 
    22,868       23,866       27,993  
Asset retirement costs
    185       170       243  
 
Total
  $ 23,053     $ 24,036     $ 28,236  
 
Exploration costs of $1,498,000 in 2008 were associated with an exploration project in Chile. These costs were considered impaired and written off in 2009.
Results of Operations for Oil and Gas Producing Activities
Results of operations relating to oil and gas producing activities are set forth in the following table for the years ended January 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and include only revenues and operating costs directly attributable to oil and gas producing activities. Results of operations from gas transportation facilities and equipment activities, general corporate overhead and other non oil and gas producing activities are excluded. Production from the natural gas wells is sold to the Company’s pipeline operation, which in turn, sells the gas primarily to gas marketing firms. The income tax expense is calculated by applying statutory tax rates to the revenues after deducting costs, which include depletion allowances.
                         
(in thousands, except per Mcf)   2009   2008   2007
 
Revenues
  $ 24,994     $ 20,861     $ 14,014  
Operating costs:
                       
Production taxes
    1,034       872       552  
Lease operating expenses
    10,194       8,242       5,051  
Depletion
    11,816       8,504       4,917  
Asset retirement accretion expense
    76       60       43  
Impairment of oil and gas properties
    28,704              
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (10,666 )     1,196       1,286  
 
Total operating costs
    41,158       18,874       11,849  
 
Results of operations
  $ (16,164 )   $ 1,987     $ 2,165  
 
Depletion per Mcf
  $ 2.30     $ 1.80     $ 1.46  
 
Proved Oil and Gas Reserve Quantities
Proved gas reserve quantities as of January 31, 2009 and 2008 are based on estimates prepared by the Company’s independent petroleum engineers, Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., in accordance with Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X. All of the Company’s reserves are located within the United States.
     Proved gas reserves are estimated quantities of natural gas which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recovered in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed reserves are those reserves expected to be recovered through existing wells, with existing equipment and operating methods. The Company cautions that there are many inherent uncertainties in estimating quantities of proved reserves

57


 

and projecting future rates of production and timing of development expenditures. Accordingly, these estimates are likely to change as future information becomes available.
     Estimated quantities of total proved and proved developed reserves of natural gas were as follows:
                 
Proved Developed and Undeveloped Reserves        
(MMcf):   2009   2008
 
Balance, beginning of year
    50,052       57,078  
Revisions of previous estimates
    (33,238 )     (5,697 )
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
    4,881       3,403  
Production
    (5,132 )     (4,732 )
Purchases of reserves in place
           
 
Balance, end of year
    16,563       50,052  
 
 
               
Proved Developed Reserves
    16,289       22,794  
 
Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserve Quantities
Future cash inflows are based on year-end gas prices without escalation. The weighted average year-end spot price used in estimating future net revenues was $3.29 and $7.53 per Mcf for 2009 and 2008, respectively. Future production and development costs represent the estimated future expenditures to be incurred in developing and producing the proved reserves, assuming continuation of existing economic conditions. Future income tax expense was computed by applying statutory rates to pre-tax cash flows relating to the Company’s estimated proved reserves and the difference between book and tax basis of proved properties.
This information does not purport to present the fair market value of the Company’s natural gas assets, but does present a standardized disclosure concerning possible future net cash flows that would result under the assumptions used. The following table sets forth unaudited information concerning future net cash flows for natural gas reserves, net of income tax expense:
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Future cash inflows
  $ 82,261     $ 376,955  
Future production costs
    (33,514 )     (148,069 )
Future development costs
    (467 )     (44,077 )
Future income taxes
    (2,196 )     (52,961 )
 
Future net cash flows
    46,084       131,848  
10% discount to reflect timing of cash flows
    (5,908 )     (45,364 )
 
Standardized measure of discounted cash flows
  $ 40,176     $ 86,484  
 
     The principal sources of change in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows were:
                 
(in thousands)   2009   2008
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 86,484     $ 89,012  
Sales of gas produced, net of production costs
    (22,214 )     (17,454 )
Net changes in prices, net of future production costs
    (65,507 )     18,399  
Net changes in future development costs
    20,565     (19,353 )
Extensions and discoveries, less related costs
    12,799       8,189  
Purchases of reserves in place
           
Net change in quantity estimates
    (17,183 )     (17,294 )
Accretion of discount
    11,319       11,762  
Net changes in timing and other
    (33,398 )     (15,308 )
Net change in income taxes
    30,761       3,413  
Development costs incurred
    16,550       25,118  
 
Net change
    (46,308 )     (2,528 )
Balance, end of year
  $ 40,176     $ 86,484  
 

58


 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                         
            Additions            
    Balance at   Charges to   Charges to           Balance
    Beginning   Costs and   Other           at End
(in thousands)   of Period   Expenses   Accounts   Deductions   of Period
 
Allowance for customer receivables:
                                       
Fiscal year ended January 31, 2007
  $ 5,573     $ 1,700     $ 666     $ (919 )   $ 7,020  
Fiscal year ended January 31, 2008
    7,020       1,205       336       (990 )     7,571  
Fiscal year ended January 31, 2009
    7,571       2,082       608       (2,383 )     7,878  

59


 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Based on an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures for the period ended January 31, 2009, conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer, the Company concluded that its disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management (including the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Framework”).
     Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, although not eliminate, this risk. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes such safeguards. Projections of an evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of conditions, or because the degree of compliance with the Company’s policies and procedures may deteriorate.
     Based on the evaluation under the COSO Framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of January 31, 2009. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2009. The report is included below.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009.

60


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Layne Christensen Company
Mission Woods, Kansas
     We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
     We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
     Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
     We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended January 31, 2009, of the Company and our report dated March 31, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
March 31, 2009

61


 

PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
The Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 3, 2009, (i) contains, under the caption “Election of Directors,” certain information relating to the Company’s directors and its Audit Committee financial experts required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference (except that the information set forth under the subcaption “Compensation of Directors” is expressly excluded from such incorporation), (ii) contains, under the caption “Other Corporate Governance Matters,” certain information relating to the Company’s Code of Ethics required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference, and (iii) contains, under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” certain information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference. The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K as to executive officers is set forth in Item 4A of Part I hereof.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held June 3, 2009, will contain, under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” the information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 3, 2009, will contain, under the captions “Ownership of Layne Christensen Common Stock,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” the information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
The Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 3, 2009, will contain, under the captions “Other Corporate Governance Matters,” and “Certain Transactions — Transactions with Management,” the information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 3, 2009, will contain, under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees and Services,” the information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

62


 

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)   Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits:
     1. Financial Statements:
     The financial statements are listed in the index for Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
     2. Financial Statement Schedules:
     The applicable financial statement schedule is listed in the index for Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
     3. Exhibits:
     The exhibits filed with or incorporated by reference in this report are listed below:
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
3(1)
  Corrected Certificate of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3(1) with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 which was filed on September 20, 2007 (File No.333-146184), and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
3(2)
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (as adopted October 9, 2008) (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed October 14, 2008, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(1)
  Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Layne Christensen Company (filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007 as Exhibit 4(2) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(2)
  Rights Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2008, between the Registrant and National City Bank as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit C, the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed October 14, 2008, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(3)
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 4(1) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
4(4)
  Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2005, by and among Layne Christensen Company, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent and as Lender, and the other Lenders listed therein (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated September 28, 2005, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(5)
  Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated June 16, 2006, by and among Layne Christensen Company and LaSalle Bank National Association (“LaSalle”) as Administrative Agent, and LaSalle and the other Lenders a party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10(1) to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(6)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2006, by and among Layne Christensen Company and LaSalle, as Administrative Agent, and LaSalle and the other Lenders a party thereto (filed as Exhibit 4(1) to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated November 20, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(7)
  Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated October 15, 2007, by and among the Company, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent and Lender, and the other Lenders listed therein (filed as Exhibit 10(1) to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(8)
  Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2003, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed with the Registrant’s 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2003 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 4(5) and incorporated herein by reference)

63


 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (continued)
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
4(9)
  Letter Amendment No. 1 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2004, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed as Exhibit 4(6) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(10)
  Letter Amendment No. 2 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2005, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated September 28, 2005, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(11)
  Letter Amendment No. 3 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2006, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed as Exhibit 10(2) to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(12)
  Letter Amendment No. 4 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2006, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed as Exhibit 4(2) to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated November 20, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
4(13)
  Letter Amendment No. 5 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2007, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Security Life of Denver Insurance Company and such other Purchasers of the Notes as may be named in the Master Shelf Agreement from time to time (filed as Exhibit 10(2) to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(1)
  Tax Liability Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and The Marley Company (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 10(2) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(2)
  Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Parkway Partners, L.L.C. dated December 21, 1994 (filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(2) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(2.1)
  First Modification & Ratification of Lease, dated as of February 26, 1996, between Parkway Partners, L.L.C. and the Registrant (filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-20578), as Exhibit 10(2.1) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(2.2)
  Second Modification and Ratification of Lease Agreement between Parkway Partners, L.L.C. and Layne Christensen Company dated April 28, 1997 (filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 (File No. 0-20578), as Exhibit 10(2.2) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(2.3)
  Third Modification and Extension Agreement between Parkway Partners, L.L.C. and Layne Christensen Company dated November 3, 1998 (filed with the Company’s 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 1998 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(1) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(2.4)
  Fourth Modification and Extension Agreement between Parkway Partners, L.L.C. and Layne Christensen Company executed May 17, 2000, effective as of December 29, 1998 (filed with the Company’s 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31, 2000 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10.1 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(2.5)
  Fifth Modification and extension Agreement between Parkway Partners, L.L.C. and Layne Christensen Company dated March 1, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10(2.5) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003 (File No. 0-20578) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(2.6)
  Sixth Modification Agreement, dated February 29, 2008, between 1900 Associates L.L.C. and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10(2.6) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, filed April 15, 2008, and incorporated herein by this reference)

64


 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (continued)
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
**10(3)
  Form of Stock Option Agreement between the Company and management of the Company (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 10(7) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(4)
  Insurance Liability Indemnity Agreement between the Company and The Marley Company (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 10(10) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
10(5)
  Agreement between The Marley Company and the Company relating to tradename (filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No.33-48432) as Exhibit 10(10) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(6)
  Form of Subscription Agreement for management of the Company (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 10(16) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(7)
  Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and Robert J. Dineen (filed with Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 10(17) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(8)
  Letter Agreement between Andrew B. Schmitt and the Company (as amended and restated to comply with Section 409A) dated December 2, 2008
 
   
**10(9)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Management of the Company (filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-20578), as Exhibit 10(15) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(10)
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1995, between the Company and Marley Holdings, L.P. (filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-20578), as Exhibit 10(17) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
**10(11)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Management of the Company effective February 1, 1998 (filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1998 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(1) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(12)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Management of the Company effective April 20, 1999 (filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1999 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(2) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(13)
  Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Management of the Company effective as of April 20, 1999 (filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1999 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(3) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
   
**10(14)
  Layne Christensen Company District Incentive Compensation Plan (revised effective February 1, 2000) (filed as Exhibit 10(17) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2003 (File No. 0-20578) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
**10(15)
  Layne Christensen Company Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated, effective November 3, 2008)
 
   
**10(16)
  Layne Christensen Company Corporate Staff Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended, effective February 1, 2007)
 
   
10(17)
  Standstill Agreement, dated March 26, 2004, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value, L.P., Wynnefield Small Cap Value Offshore Fund, Ltd., Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value L.P.I., Channel Partnership II, L.P., Wynnefield Capital Management, LLC, Wynnefield Capital, Inc., Wynnefield Capital, Inc. Profit Sharing’s Money Purchase Plan, Nelson Obus and Joshua Landes (filed as Exhibit 10(19) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2004 (File No. 0-20578) and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
**10(18)
  Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 14, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
**10(19)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and management of the Company for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 4(e) to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-135683), filed July 10, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)

65


 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (continued)
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
**10(20)
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between the Company and management of the Company for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009
 
   
**10(21)
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between the Company and non-employee directors of the Company for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009
 
   
**10(22)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the Company and management of the Company for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 23, 2008
 
   
**10(23)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the Company and non-employee directors of the Company for use with the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009
 
   
**10(24)
  Layne Christensen Company Water Infrastructure Division Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated, effective February 1, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(24) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, filed April 15, 2008)
 
   
**10(25)
  Layne Energy, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2007)
 
   
**10(26)
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Layne Energy, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2007)
 
   
**10(27)
  Layne Christensen Company Mineral Exploration Division Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective February 1, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(27) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, filed April 15, 2008)
 
   
**10(28)
  Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Andrew B. Schmitt and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(1) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008)
 
   
**10(29)
  Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Gregory F. Aluce and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(2) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008)
 
   
**10(30)
  Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Steven F. Crooke and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(3) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008)
 
   
**10(31)
  Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Jerry W. Fanska and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(4) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008)
 
   
**10(32)
  Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Jeffrey J. Reynolds and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(5) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008)
 
   
**10(33)
  Severance Agreement dated July 10, 2008, by and between Eric R. Despain and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(1) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 14, 2008)
 
   
**10(34)
  Summary of 2009 Salaries of Named Executive Officers
 
   
10(35)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 30, 2005, among Layne Christensen Company, Layne Merger Sub 1, Inc., Reynolds, Inc. and the Stockholders of Reynolds, Inc. listed on the signature pages thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated September 28, 2005, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(36)
  Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 30, 2007, by and among the Company and Jeffrey Reynolds, individually and as Agent of the Stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 3, 2007)
 
   
**10(37)
  Layne Christensen Company Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (Amended and Restated, effective as of January 1, 2009)
 
   
**10(38)
  Amended and Restated Layne Christensen Company Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008
 
   
**10(39)
  Reynolds Division of Layne Christensen Company Cash Bonus Plan, dated September 28, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated September 28, 2005, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
10(40)
  Settlement Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, by and among Layne Christensen Company, Steel Partners II, L.P., Steel Partners, L.L.C. and Warren G. Lichtenstein (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, dated April 5, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference)

66


 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (continued)
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
10(41)
  Form of Indemnification Agreement for use in connection with the Rights Agreement dated October 14, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed October 14, 2008, and incorporated herein by this reference)
 
   
21(1)-
  List of Subsidiaries
 
   
23(1)-
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
   
23(2)-
  Consent of Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
 
   
31(1)-
  Section 302 Certification of Principal Executive Officer of the Company
 
   
31(2)-
  Section 302 Certification of Principal Financial Officer of the Company
 
   
32(1)-
  Section 906 Certification of Principal Executive Officer of the Company
 
   
32(2)-
  Section 906 Certification of Principal Financial Officer of the Company
 
**   Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be identified by Item 14(a)(3).
     (b) Exhibits
          The exhibits filed with this report on Form 10-K are identified above under Item 15(a)(3).
     (c) Financial Statement Schedules

67


 

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  Layne Christensen Company
 
 
  By   /s/ A. B. Schmitt    
    Andrew B. Schmitt   
    President and Chief Executive Officer:

Dated March 31, 2009
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
     
Signature and Title   Date
 
   
/s/ A. B. Schmitt
 
Andrew B. Schmitt
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Jerry W. Fanska
 
Jerry W. Fanska
Senior Vice President-Finance and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Jeff Reynolds
 
Jeffrey J. Reynolds
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Donald K. Miller
 
Donald K. Miller
Director
  March 31 , 2009 
 
   
/s/ David A. B. Brown
 
David A. B. Brown
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ J. Samuel Butler
 
J. Samuel Butler
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Anthony B. Helfet
 
Anthony B. Helfet
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Nelson Obus
 
Nelson Obus
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Rene Robichaud
 
Rene Robichaud
Director
  March 31, 2009 
 
   
/s/ Robert Gilmore
 
Robert Gilmore
Director
  March 31, 2009 

68

Exhibit 10 (8)
December 2, 2008
Andrew B. Schmitt
1214 Ashford Way
Kingwood, Texas 77339
      Re:   Retirement Benefit (as Amended and
Restated to Comply with Section 409A)
Dear Andy:
          As a result of the tax legislation contained in the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and the subsequent release of the final Treasury Regulations relating thereto in 2007, we are further amending and restating your existing supplemental retirement benefit originally set forth in the letter agreement between yourself and Layne, Inc., predecessor to Layne Christensen Company, dated April 3, 1995, and as amended and restated by our letter agreement dated May 3, 2005 (the “Amended Agreement”). With this new letter agreement, the Amended Agreement is null and void and replaced, in its entirety, by the terms and conditions of this new agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning as defined in Appendix A .
          Layne Christensen Company (“Layne”) will provide you with an annual retirement benefit equal to 40% of the average of your total Compensation received during the highest five consecutive years out of your last ten years of employment, less 60% of your annual primary Social Security benefit, and further reduced, if at all, in the event your Separation from Service is prior to you attaining age 65 by the Early Retirement Reduction Factor (the “Annual Benefit”).
          A portion of your Annual Benefit will be deemed to have been funded by the Layne funded portion of the Layne Capital Accumulation Plan (“CAP Plan”). Accordingly, your Annual Benefit will be reduced by the annuity equivalent of the value of the Layne funded portion of the CAP Plan. The annuity equivalent shall be deemed to be equal to the annual amount payable if Layne had purchased an annuity which would be (i) purchased on the date of your Separation from Service, (ii) purchased from a company of Layne’s choice with a top Best rating for life insurance companies, (iii) payable annually, beginning on the date your Annual Benefit is to commence, for the remainder of your life (or the life of the last to die of you and your wife, as applicable), and (iv) purchased for a lump sum premium payment equal to the value of the Layne funded portion of your CAP Plan account, including earnings, as of the date of your Separation from Service.
          Except in the event of your death, payment of your Annual Benefit shall commence on the first day of the seventh month after your Separation from Service. If you are married at the time payment commences, your Annual Benefit shall be paid in the form of a monthly joint and 100% survivor annuity benefit such that you will receive a smaller benefit than

 


 

Andrew B. Schmitt
December 2, 2008
Page 2
you otherwise would have if such annuity was based on your life expectancy alone, however, one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of such benefit will continue over the lifetime of your surviving spouse or you, whoever is the survivor. If you are not married when your Annual Benefit payments commence, your Annual Benefit shall be paid monthly in the form of a single lifetime annuity based upon your life and shall terminate upon your death.
          You shall be eligible for a disability benefit as described in Appendix A if your Separation from Service is on account of a Disability.
          You shall be eligible for a death benefit as described in Appendix A if your Separation from Service is on account of your death.
          Your rights to payment under this agreement are those of a general unsecured creditor of Layne and this agreement constitutes a mere promise by Layne to make benefit payments in the future. It is the intention of the parties that this arrangement be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. Further, your rights to benefit payments under this agreement are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by your creditors or your beneficiary’s creditors. All disputes regarding any payment made or to be made under this agreement shall be handled in accordance with the Claims Procedure attached as Appendix B .
          This letter (including, without limitation, the annuity assumptions contained herein) does not alter the amount otherwise due to you or the terms of payment under the CAP Plan.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ Jerry W. Fanska    
  Jerry W. Fanska   
     
 
     I have read, consulted with an advisor to the extent I believe necessary, and fully understand this letter and Appendices A and B . I agree that this letter agreement replaces, in its entirety, the letter agreement between myself and Layne, Inc. dated May 3, 2005. I further agree that this letter and Appendix A , along with the sums payable to me under the terms of the CAP Plan, describe fully and completely all retirement or pension benefits due to me from Layne, any of Layne’s predecessors, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
         
     
  /s/ A.B. Schmitt    
  Andrew B. Schmitt   
     
 

 


 

APPENDIX A
Definitions
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Compensation ” shall mean salary before withholding for taxes or any other purpose plus incentive compensation payments, overtime, overtime premium, commissions and bonuses, including any such amounts deferred under any plan or arrangement whatsoever, but excluding the value of fringe benefits and any other discretionary, nonrecurring or irregular payments.
     “ Disability ” means you (a) are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) are, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of Layne.
     “ Early Retirement Reduction Factor ” shall be that percentage set forth below applicable to the age at which you Separate from Service.
     “ Separation from Service ,” “ Separate from Service ” or “ Separated from Service ” shall have the same meaning as the term “separation from service” is referred to under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and interpreted pursuant to the applicable guidance issued thereunder.
Death Benefit
          The Death Benefit shall be equal to the Annual Benefit your surviving spouse would have received if (i) you had Separated from Service on the date of your death and had received the Annual Benefit, and (ii) you subsequently died; provided, however, that the Death Benefit shall be reduced by the annuity equivalent of the value of the Layne funded portion of the CAP Plan.
          Payment of the Death Benefit shall commence upon the last day of the month in which your death occurred. Any Death Benefit payable hereunder shall terminate upon the death of your surviving spouse entitled to receive such death benefit. No Death Benefit shall be payable to any beneficiary other than your surviving spouse.
Disability Benefit
          The Disability Benefit shall be determined in the same manner as the Annual Benefit is determined in the attached letter as of the time of your Separation from Service on account of Disability except that no Early Retirement Reduction Factor shall be applied if such Disability occurs prior to your 65 th birthday. The Disability Benefit shall be reduced by the annuity equivalent of the value of the Layne funded portion of the CAP Plan and shall be paid in the same manner and commence at the same time as if you had Separated from Service without a Disability.
Early Retirement Reduction Factor
          In the event your Separation from Service occurs prior to your 65 th birthday, the Annual Benefit so paid shall be the Annual Benefit (as computed in the attached letter) multiplied by the following percentage depending upon your age at the time you Separated from Service:
         
Age at Separation from Service   Percentage of Annual Benefit
 
       
55
    48.81 %
56
    52.06 %
57
    55.59 %
58
    59.45 %
59
    63.68 %
60
    68.32 %
61
    73.43 %
62
    79.06 %
63
    85.31 %
64
    92.26 %

 


 

APPENDIX B
Applicable Claims Procedures
          Layne has the exclusive right, power, and authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to administer, apply, and interpret your Agreement and to decide all matters arising thereunder. All determinations made by Layne with respect to any matter arising under the Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive. In the event you dispute any findings of Layne relating to the operation of your Agreement, the Claims Procedures applicable to the Agreement are set forth below.
I.   Initial Claim
 
    A.   Submitting the Claim. Upon request, Layne shall provide you or your beneficiary (“Claimant”) with a claim form which the Claimant can use to request benefits. In addition, Layne will consider any written request for benefits under the Agreement to be a claim.
 
    B.   Approval of Initial Claim. If a claim for benefits is approved, Layne shall provide the Claimant with written or electronic notice of such approval. The notice shall include:
  1.   The amount of benefits to which the Claimant is entitled.
 
  2.   The duration of such benefit.
 
  3.   The time the benefit is to commence.
 
  4.   Other pertinent information concerning the benefit.
    C.   Denial of Initial Claim. If a claim for benefits is denied (in whole or in part) by Layne, Layne shall provide the Claimant with written or electronic notification of such denial within ninety (90) days (forty-five (45) days in the case of a claim for disability benefit) after receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. (See Section III of this Claims Procedure concerning extensions of time.) The notice of denial of the claim shall include:
  1.   The specific reason that the claim was denied.
 
  2.   A reference to the specific Agreement provisions on which the denial was based.
 
  3.   A description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why this material or information is necessary.
 
  4.   A description of the agreement’s appeal procedures and the time limits that apply to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) if the claim is denied on appeal.
 
  5.   Any materials required under 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1(g)(1)(v).
The Claimant (or his duly authorized representative) may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing to Layne. The Claimant may appeal the denial as set forth in the next section of this procedure. IF THE CLAIMANT FAILS TO APPEAL SUCH ACTION TO THE ADMINISTRATOR IN WRITING WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED PERIOD OF TIME DESCRIBED IN THE NEXT SECTION, THE ADMINISTRATOR’S DENIAL OF A CLAIM SHALL BE FINAL, BINDING AND CONCLUSIVE.
II.   Appeal Procedures
 
    A.   Filing the Appeal. In the event that a claim is denied (in whole or in part), the Claimant may appeal the denial by giving written notice of the appeal to Layne within 60 days (one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of a claim for disability benefit) after the Claimant receives the notice of denial of the claim. At the same time the Claimant submits a notice of appeal, the Claimant may also submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. Layne (or its designee) shall review and consider this information without regard to whether the information was submitted or considered in conjunction with the initial claim.
 
    B.   General Appeal Procedure. Layne may hold a hearing or otherwise ascertain such facts as it deems necessary and shall render a decision which shall be binding upon both parties. Layne shall render a decision on appeal within sixty (60) days (forty-five (45) days in the case of a claim involving disability) after the receipt by Layne of the notice of appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. (See Section III for the procedures concerning extensions of time.) The appeal decision of Layne shall be provided in written or electronic form to the Claimant. If the appeal decision is adverse to the Claimant, then the written decision shall include the following:
  1.   The specific reason or reasons for the appeal decision.
 
  2.   Reference to the specific Agreement provisions on which the appeal decision is based.
 
  3.   A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s

 


 

      claim for benefits. (Whether a document, record, or other information is relevant to a claim for benefits shall be determined by reference to 29 C.F.R. § 2560.503-1 (m)(8).)
 
  4.   A statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Agreement and the Claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures.
 
  5.   A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
    C.   Special Appeal Procedure for Disability Claims. For the purpose of any appeal of an adverse benefit determination regarding a disability benefit, in addition to the procedures set forth in Section II.B., the following procedures shall also apply:
  1.   The appeal will be conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary (a “Fiduciary”) designated by Layne. The Fiduciary will be neither the individual who denied the claim initially, nor a subordinate of such individual.
 
  2.   In deciding the appeal, the Fiduciary shall not give any deference to the initial determination that was made concerning the claim.
 
  3.   If the initial claim was denied based in whole or in part on a medical judgment (including a judgment as to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate), then the Fiduciary shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment. Any such professional shall be neither an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial claim, nor the subordinate of any such individual.
 
  4.   If the Fiduciary obtains the advice of medical or vocational experts in connection with the appeal, then the Fiduciary must identify the expert(s), without regard to whether the fiduciary relied upon the advice when deciding the appeal.
 
  5.   In the event of an adverse determination on appeal:
  a.   If an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making decision on appeal, then the written decision on appeal shall include either (a) the specific rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion, or (b) a statement that such rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination and that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion will be provided to the Claimant free of charge upon request.
 
  b.   If the decision on appeal was based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, then the written decision on appeal shall include either (a) an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Agreement to the Claimant’s medical circumstances, or (b) a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge upon request.
 
  c.   The written decision on appeal shall include the following statement: “You and your Agreement may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation. One way to find out what may be available is to contact your local U.S. Department of Labor Office and your State insurance regulatory agency.”
III.   Extensions of Time
 
    A.   Notice of Extension. If Layne requires an extension of time, Layne shall provide the Claimant with written or electronic notice of the extension before the first day of the extension. The notice of the extension shall include:
  1.   An explanation of the circumstances requiring the extension. These circumstances must be matters beyond the control of the Agreement or Layne.
 
  2.   The date by which Layne expects to render a decision.
 
  3.   The standard on which the Claimant’s entitlement to a benefit is based.
 
  4.   The unresolved issues, if any, that prevent a decision on the claim or on appeal, and the information needed to resolve those issues. In the event that such information is needed:
  a.   The Claimant shall have at forty-five (45) days in which to provide the specified information.
 
  b.   The time for determining an initial claim shall be tolled from the date on which the notice of extension is sent to the Claimant, until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

2


 

    B.   Length of Extension. For purposes of an initial claim not involving disability, no more than one extension of ninety (90) days shall be allowed. For purposes of an initial claim involving disability, no more than two extensions of thirty (30) days each shall be allowed. For purposes of an appeal not involving disability, no more than one extension of sixty (60) days shall be allowed. For purposes of an appeal involving disability, no more than one extension of forty-five (45) days shall be allowed.
# # #

3

Exhibit 10 (15)
Layne Christensen Company
Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
(As Amended and Restated, Effective November 3, 2008)
      SECTION I. Purpose of the Plan.
          Layne Christensen Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) desires to effect a program of making awards as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year to certain executive employees of the Company who, in the judgment of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) have made significant contributions to the Company during the most recent fiscal year. The purpose of this program is to provide additional incentive for the executive employees to promote the best interests and most profitable operation of the Company.
          This program shall be known as the “Layne Christensen Company Executive Incentive Compensation Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”). This Plan is the successor plan to, and amends and supersedes, the earlier versions of this plan which were amended and restated effective February 1, 1994, May 1, 1997, January 1, 2005 and February 1, 2007. The existence of the Plan shall not be in lieu of or otherwise affect or be affected by any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company.
      SECTION II. Administration.
          The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board shall have full power, in its sole discretion, to interpret, construe and administer the Plan and adopt rules and regulations relating to the Plan. Decisions made by the Board in good faith and in the exercise of its powers and duties hereunder shall be binding upon all parties concerned. No member of the Board shall be liable to anyone for any action taken or decision made in good faith pursuant to the power or discretion vested in such person under the Plan.
      SECTION III. Participation.
          The following employees, and such other key executive employees of the Company as shall be determined by the Board from time-to-time, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (and shall hereinafter be referred to as “Participants”); provided, however, Mr. Jeffrey J. Reynolds shall be eligible for such participation effective February 1, 2009:
     
Group I   Group II
 
   
 
  Gregory F. Aluce
Andrew B. Schmitt
  Steven F. Crooke
 
  Eric R. Despain
 
  Jerry W. Fanska
 
  Jeffrey J. Reynolds
 
  Phil Winner
      SECTION IV. Selection of Targets.
          As soon as practicable after the commencement of each fiscal year, the Board shall establish one or more performance targets, which collectively shall constitute the “Target” hereunder, upon which the incentive compensation of each Participant shall be calculated for such fiscal year. If more than one performance target is selected for the Target, the Board shall assign relative calculation weights to each performance target in determining the Target. Incentive compensation awards hereunder for each Participant are to be based on that Participant’s performance during that fiscal year as compared to the Target. The Target may vary among Participants at the sole discretion of the Board.
      SECTION V. Determination of Amount of Award.
          Subject to the last sentence of this Section V, the amount of the incentive compensation award for a fiscal year shall be equal to a percentage (the “Base Salary Percentage”) of a Participant’s annual regular salary (as determined by the Board) as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the Target is established (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary Percentage shall he determined as follows:

 


 

GROUP I
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 80%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage be increased by more than 100%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 2.5%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0%.
GROUP II
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 60%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage be increased by more than 100%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 2.5%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0%.
ILLUSTRATION
          The percentage of the Target achieved and the corresponding Base Salary Percentage are illustrated as follows:
                     
Percentage   Group I   Group II
of   Base Salary   Base Salary
Target Achieved   Percentage   Percentage
                   
  120 % or more      160 %     120 %
  115 %     140 %     105 %
  110 %     120 %     90 %
  105 %     100 %     75 %
  100 % (Target)      80 %     60 %
  96 %     72 %     54 %
  92 %     64 %     48 %
  88 %     56 %     42 %
  84 %     48 %     36 %
  80 %     40 %     30 %
  79 % or less      0 %     0 %
          All percentages in between the above Percentage of Target Achieved shall be calculated in accordance with the formula set forth above in Section V.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of the incentive compensation award for a fiscal year may be increased or decreased in the sole discretion of the Board by an amount not greater than one third of the incentive compensation award.
      SECTION VI. Methods of Payment.
          The incentive compensation award will be paid in cash, common stock of the Company, or a combination of both, in the sole discretion of the Board. Unless a Participant properly makes a deferral election in accordance with Section VII, payment shall be made during the April immediately after the close of the fiscal year for which the award is made.
      SECTION VII. Deferred Accounts.
          (a) Deferral Account. The Company shall maintain in its records an account, called the Deferred Account, for each Participant as to whom any payment of incentive compensation awarded under the Plan is deferred in accordance with this Section VII. All amounts deferred pursuant to Section VI above shall bear interest from the date of deferral until the date of payment at the average of the 26-week U.S. Treasury Bill interest rate in effect during said period. All amounts credited to the Deferred Account shall be paid in accordance with Section VII(c), below.

2


 

          (b) Timing of Deferral Election . If a Participant desires to defer the receipt of the incentive compensation award, if any, that, absent such a deferral would otherwise be paid to the Participant, the Participant must make such deferral election by filing a written deferral election with the Board no later than the close of the taxable year immediately preceding the taxable year in which the services for which such incentive compensation award would relate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the compensation paid in the form of an incentive compensation award would qualify as “performance-based compensation based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months” as referred to in Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”), the Participant may be permitted to defer the payment of the incentive compensation award, if any, that would otherwise be paid to the Participant at the end of the current fiscal year if such deferral election is made no later than six months prior to the end of such current fiscal year.
          (c) Payment of Deferred Account . Within the 90-day period following the Participant’s separation from service, as defined below, the amount in the Deferred Account (with interest as required by Section (a), above), shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Participant is a “specified employee”, as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), no payment may be made any earlier than the date which is six (6) months after the date of the Participant’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.) A “separation from service” shall have the same meaning as the term is defined under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and interpreted pursuant to the applicable guidance issued thereunder..
      SECTION VIII. Termination of Employment or Change in Control Group.
          In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates (for reasons other than retirement, disability or death) said termination being instituted by the Participant or by the Company for cause, prior to the close of a fiscal year, such Participant shall not be entitled to any incentive compensation award for that fiscal year.
          In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates, said termination being by the Company without cause or on account of retirement, disability or death, prior to the close of a fiscal year, such Participant shall be entitled to the incentive compensation award set forth in Section V, pro-rated as of the date of termination and paid at the same time as set forth in Section VI.
          If at the beginning of a fiscal year the Participant is in one Group under the Plan, and during the fiscal year the Participant is assigned to a different Group, the Participant’s incentive compensation award for that fiscal year shall be calculated by prorating the award by the number of months for which the Participant was a member of each Group.
      SECTION IX. Miscellaneous.
          There shall be deducted from each cash payment made under the Plan the amount of any tax required by any governmental authority to be withheld by the Company with respect to such payment. A Participant receiving common stock hereunder shall be required to pay to the Company the amount of any taxes which the Company is required by any governmental authority to withhold with respect to such common stock.
          Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person any benefit, right or interest except as expressly provided herein, and nothing in the Plan shall obligate the Company with respect to the duration of employment of any employee.
          A Participant’s rights and interests under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred. In the case of a Participant’s death, payment of the Participant’s incentive compensation award shall be made to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or in the absence of such designation, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
          The Board of Directors of the Company may discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time, or may, from time to time, amend the Plan in any respect that such Board may deem advisable; provided, however, (i) that no such amendment shall be effective to modify or change any right or obligation with respect to any award of incentive compensation theretofore made by the Board, (2) that such Board may not, without approval by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially increase the class of Participants under the Plan and (3) that no such discontinuation of the Plan shall result in any Deferred Account being paid to a Participant until such time as the Participant is otherwise entitled to a payment from his or her deferred account in accordance with Section VII.
      SECTION X. Effective Date.
          The Plan shall be effective as of November 3, 2008.

3

Exhibit 10 (16)
Layne Christensen Company
Corporate Staff Incentive Compensation Plan
 
Section I. Purpose of the Plan.
          Layne Christensen Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) desires to effect a program of making annual awards to those corporate staff employees of the Company who, in the judgment of the administrative committee of this program (the “Committee”) have made significant contributions to the Company during the most recent fiscal year. The purpose of this program is to provide additional incentive for such corporate staff employees to promote the best interests and most profitable operation of the Company.
          This program shall be known as the “Layne Christensen Company Corporate Staff Incentive Compensation Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”). The existence of the Plan shall not be in lieu of or otherwise affect or be affected by any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company.
Section II. Administration.
          The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of at least three disinterested persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. During the one year period prior to the commencement of service of a Committee member on the Committee, such member shall not have participated in, and while serving and for one year after serving on the Committee, such member shall not be eligible for participation in, the Plan.
          The Committee shall have full power, in its sole discretion, to interpret, construe and administer the Plan and adopt rules and regulations relating to the Plan.
          Decisions made by the Committee in good faith and in the exercise of its powers and duties hereunder shall be binding upon all parties concerned. No member of the Committee shall be liable to anyone for any action taken or decision made in good faith pursuant to the power or discretion vested in such person under the Plan.
Section III. Participation.
          Any corporate staff employee of the Company who is approved for inclusion in the Plan by the Committee shall participate in the Plan and shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Participant”; provided, however, that no participant in the Layne Christensen Company Executive Incentive Compensation Plan shall be eligible to participate in this Plan. At such time as the Committee approves an individual employee for inclusion in the Plan, it shall designate whether such employee will participate as a member of Group I, Group II, Group III, Group IV or Group V.
Section IV. Selection of Targets.
          As soon as practicable after the commencement of each fiscal year the Committee shall establish one or more performance targets, which collectively shall constitute the “Target” hereunder, upon which the incentive compensation of each Participant shall be calculated for such fiscal year. If more than one performance target is selected for the Target, the Committee shall assign relative calculation weights to each performance target in determining the Target. Incentive compensation awards hereunder for each Participant are to be based on that Participant’s performance during that fiscal year as compared to the Target. The Target may vary among Participants at the sole discretion of the Committee.
Section V. Determination of Amount of Award.
          Subject to the last paragraph of this Section V, the amount of the incentive compensation award for a fiscal year shall be equal to a percentage (the “Base Salary Percentage”) of a Participant’s annual regular salary (as determined by the Committee) as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the Target is established (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary Percentage shall be determined as follows:
GROUP I
     If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 40%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be

 


 

increased by 1.5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage exceed 80%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 1%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0.
GROUP II
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 25%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 1.5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage exceed 50%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 1%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0.
GROUP III
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 20%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 1.5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage exceed 40%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 1%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0.
GROUP IV
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 15%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 1.5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage exceed 30%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 1%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0.
GROUP V
          If 100% of the Target is achieved, then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 7.5%. If more than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% increase above Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be increased by 1.5%; provided, however, that in no event shall the Base Salary Percentage exceed 15%. If less than 100% of the Target is achieved, then for each 1% decrease below the Target, the Base Salary Percentage shall be decreased by 1%; provided, however, that if 80% or less of Target is achieved then the Base Salary Percentage shall be 0.
ILLUSTRATION
          The percentage of the Target achieved and the corresponding Base Salary Percentage are illustrated as follows:
                                         
    Group I   Group II   Group III   Group IV   Group V
Percentage of   Base Salary   Base Salary   Base Salary   Base Salary   Base Salary
Target Achieved   Percentage   Percentage   Percentage   Percentage   Percentage
130
    58       36.25       29       21.75       10.875  
120
    52       32.5       26       19.5       9.75  
110
    46       28.75       23       17.25       8.625  
Target 100
    40       25       20       15       7.5  
90
    22.5       22.5       18       13.5       6.75  
80 or less
    0       0       0       0       0  
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of the incentive compensation award for a fiscal year may be increased or decreased in the sole discretion of the Committee by an amount not greater than one third of the

2


 

incentive compensation award which would be determined under the preceding provisions of this Section V if 100% of the Target were achieved.
Section VI. Method of Payment.
          The incentive compensation award will be paid in cash, common stock of the Company, or a combination of both, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.
Section VII. Termination of Employment or Change in Award Level
          In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates (for reasons other than retirement, disability or death) said termination being instituted by the Participant or by the Company for cause, prior to the close of a fiscal year, such Participant shall not be entitled to any incentive compensation award for that fiscal year.
          In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates, said termination being by the Company without cause or on account of retirement, disability or death, prior to the close of a fiscal year, such Participant shall be entitled to the incentive compensation award set forth in Section V, pro-rated as of the date of termination.
          If a Participant becomes eligible to participate under the Plan as of a date other than the beginning of a fiscal year (by reason of commencement of employment or otherwise), then such Participant’s incentive compensation award for the fiscal year in which he or she becomes eligible to participate shall be calculated by prorating the award by the number of days (based on a 365 day year) for which such Participant was a Participant under the Plan. If at the beginning of a fiscal year the Participant is in one Group under the Plan, and during the fiscal year the Participant is assigned to a different Group, the Participant’s incentive compensation award for that fiscal year shall be calculated by prorating the award by the number of months for which the Participant was a member of each Group.
Section VIII. Miscellaneous.
          There shall be deducted from each cash payment made under the Plan the amount of any tax required by any governmental authority to be withheld by the Company with respect to such payment. A Participant receiving common stock hereunder shall be required to pay to the Company the amount of any taxes which the Company is required by any governmental authority to withhold with respect to such common stock.
          Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person any benefit, right or interest except as expressly provided herein, and nothing in the Plan shall obligate the Company with respect to the duration of employment of any employee.
          A Participant’s rights and interests under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred. In the case of a Participant’s death, payment of the Participant’s incentive compensation award shall be made to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or in the absence of such designation, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
          The Board of Directors of the Company may discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time, or may, from time to time, amend the Plan in any respect that such Board may deem advisable; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be effective to modify or change any right or obligation with respect to any award of incentive compensation theretofore made by the Committee.
SECTION IX. Effective Date.
     The Plan, as amended, shall be effective as of February 1, 2007.

3

Exhibit 10 (20)
Form of NQSO Agreement for Employees
LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
         
Date of Grant:
  February 1, 2009  
 
       
Number of Shares to Which Option Relates:
       
 
     
 
       
Option Exercise Price per Share:
       
(Representing 100% of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant)
  $    
 
       
          This Agreement dated February 1, 2009, is made by and between Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                 (the “Option Holder”).
RECITALS:
          A. Effective June 8, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, grant options to key employees and non-employee directors of the Company to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.
          B. The Option Holder is an employee of the Company and the Company desires to grant to the Option Holder a nonqualified stock option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock on the terms and conditions reflected in this Option Agreement, the Plan and as otherwise established by the Committee.
AGREEMENT:
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          1. Incorporation of Plan . All provisions of this Option Agreement and the rights of the Option Holder are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Plan and the powers of the Committee therein provided. Capitalized terms used in this Option Agreement but not defined will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
          2. Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option . As of the Date of Grant identified above, the Company grants the Option Holder, subject to this Agreement and the Plan, the right, privilege and option (the “Option”) to purchase, in one or more exercises, all or any part of that number of Shares of Stock identified above opposite the heading “Number of Shares to Which Option Relates” (the “Option Shares”), at the per Share price specified above opposite the heading “Option Exercise Price per Share”.
          3. Consideration to the Company . In consideration of the granting of this Option by the Company, the Option Holder agrees to render faithful and efficient services as an employee of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan will confer upon the Option Holder any right to continue as an employee of the Company or will interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the Option Holder employment with the Company at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.
          4. Exercisability of Option . During the Option Holder’s lifetime, this Option may be exercised only by the Option Holder. This Option, except as specifically provided elsewhere under the terms of the Plan, shall vest and become exercisable as follows:
     
Years Elapsed from Date of Grant   Percentage Exercisable
 
   
One (1)   One-third
Two (2)   Two-thirds
Three (3)   Three-thirds
          For purposes of this Section 4, a year shall mean a period of 365 days (or 366 days in the event of a leap year). Notwithstanding the above Option vesting schedule, this Option will become fully exercisable upon

 


 

the Option Holder’s death, Disability or Retirement provided the Option has not otherwise expired, been cancelled or terminated. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” means the Participant’s termination from all employment after attaining the age of 60 and after having been employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates for five years or more.
          5. Method of Exercise . Provided this Option has not expired, been terminated or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the portion of this Option which is otherwise exercisable pursuant to Section 4 may be exercised in whole or in part, from time to time by delivery to the Company or its designee a written notice which will:
     (a) set forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised;
     (b) if the person exercising this Option is not the Option Holder, be accompanied by satisfactory evidence of such person’s right to exercise this Option; and
     (c) be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Exercise Price in the form of cash, or a certified bank check made payable to the order of the Company or any other means allowable under the Plan which the Company in its sole discretion determines will provide legal consideration for the Shares.
          6. Expiration of Option . Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Option granted herein will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the 10th Anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”). If the Expiration Date is a day on which the Company is not open for business, then the Option granted herein will expire, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement or the Plan, at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day before such Expiration Date.
          7 Effect of Separation from Service . If the Option Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason, including cessation by death, Disability or Retirement, the effect of such termination of employment on all or any portion of this Option is as provided below. Notwithstanding anything below to the contrary, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.
     (a) If the Option Holder’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Option will immediately be forfeited as of the time of such removal.
     (b) If the Option Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company due to the Option Holder’s resignation or termination of employment by the Company not for Cause, the portion of this Option which was otherwise exercisable pursuant to Section 4 on the date of such termination of employment may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day following the effective date of the Option Holder’s termination of employment. If such thirtieth (30 th ) day is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such thirtieth (30 th ) day.
     (c) If the Option Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company due to the Option Holder’s death or Disability, the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the ninetieth (90 th ) calendar day following the effective date of the Option Holder’s termination of employment. If such ninetieth (90 th ) day is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such ninetieth (90 th ) day.
     (d) If the Option Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company due to the Option Holder’s Retirement, the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the effective date of the Option Holder’s Retirement. If such third (3 rd ) anniversary is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such third (3 rd ) anniversary.
          8. Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company will be addressed to the Secretary of the Company at Layne Christensen Company, 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Mission Woods, Kansas 66205, and any notice to be given to the Option Holder will be addressed to him or her at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 8, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her. Any notice which is required to be given to the Option Holder will, if the Option Holder is then deceased, be given to the Option Holder’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his or her status and address by written notice under this Section 8. Any notice will be deemed duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed

2


 

envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
          9. Nontransferability . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Plan, the Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Option, or of any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereby, this Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will immediately become null and void.
          10. Status of Option Holder . The Option Holder shall not be deemed a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares subject to this Option, except for those Shares that have been purchased and issued to him or her. The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for Shares purchased upon exercise of this Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and, if applicable, such Shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Shares may then be listed.
          11. Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
          12. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.
          13. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
          14. Binding Effect . Except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
                     
The Company:       The Option Holder:    
 
                   
Layne Christensen Company            
 
                   
By:
                   
   
 
     
 
   
 
  Name:                
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:           Address of the Option Holder:    
 
     
 
           
                     
 
             
 
   
 
                   
 
             
 
   

3

Exhibit 10 (21)
Form of NQSO Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
         
Date of Grant:
  February 1, 2009  
 
       
Number of Shares to Which Option Relates:
                       (               )  
 
       
Option Exercise Price per Share:
       
(Representing 100% of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant)
  $   [Based on Closing Price as of January 31, 2009]
          This Agreement dated February 1, 2009, is made by and between Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                         ] (the “Option Holder”).
RECITALS:
          A. Effective June 8, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, grant options to key employees and non-employee directors of the Company to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.
          B. The Option Holder is a non-employee director of the Company and the Company desires to grant to the Option Holder a nonqualified stock option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock on the terms and conditions reflected in this Option Agreement, the Plan and as otherwise established by the Committee.
AGREEMENT:
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          1. Incorporation of Plan . All provisions of this Option Agreement and the rights of the Option Holder are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Plan and the powers of the Committee therein provided. Capitalized terms used in this Option Agreement but not defined will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
          2. Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option . As of the Date of Grant identified above, the Company grants the Option Holder, subject to this Agreement and the Plan, the right, privilege and option (the “Option”) to purchase, in one or more exercises, all or any part of that number of Shares of Stock identified above opposite the heading “Number of Shares to Which Option Relates” (the “Option Shares”), at the per Share price specified above opposite the heading “Option Exercise Price per Share.”
          3. Consideration to the Company . In consideration of the granting of this Option by the Company, the Option Holder agrees to render faithful and efficient services as a Director of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan will confer upon the Option Holder any right to continue as a Director of the Company or will interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to remove the Option Holder as a Director of the Company at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. In addition, nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan will require the Option Holder to continue as a Director of the Company.
          4. Exercisability of Option . During the Option Holder’s lifetime, this Option may be exercised only by the Option Holder. This Option, except as specifically provided elsewhere under the terms of the Plan, will be fully exercisable as of the Date of Grant.

 


 

          5. Method of Exercise . Provided this Option has not expired, been terminated or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Plan, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part, from time to time by delivery to the Company or its designee a written notice which will:
     (a) set forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised;
     (b) if the person exercising this Option is not the Option Holder, be accompanied by satisfactory evidence of such person’s right to exercise this Option; and
     (c) be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Exercise Price in the form of cash, or a certified bank check made payable to the order of the Company or any other means allowable under the Plan which the Company in its sole discretion determines will provide legal consideration for the Shares.
          6. Expiration of Option . Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Option granted herein will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the 10th Anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”). If the Expiration Date is a day on which the Company is not open for business, then the Option granted herein will expire, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement or the Plan, at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day before such Expiration Date.
          7 Effect of Separation from Service . If the Option Holder ceases to be a Director of the Company for any reason, including cessation by death, Disability or removal from the Board, the effect of such cessation as a Director on all or any portion of this Option is as provided below. Notwithstanding anything below to the contrary, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.
     (a) If the Option Holder is removed from serving as a Director for Cause, the Option will immediately be forfeited as of the time of such removal.
     (b) If the Option Holder ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Option Holder’s death, Disability or Retirement (as defined below), the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the thirtieth (30 th ) calendar day following the last date of the Option Holder serving as a Director. If such thirtieth (30 th ) day is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such thirtieth (30 th ) day. For purposes of this Agreement, “Retirement” means the Option Holder’s termination of service as a Director of the Company (other than for Cause) after attaining the age of 60 and after having served as a Director of the Company for five years or more.
     (c) If the Option Holder ceases to be a Director of the Company due to the Option Holder’s death or Disability, the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the ninetieth (90 th ) calendar day following the last date of the Option Holder serving as a Director. If such ninetieth (90 th ) day is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such ninetieth (90 th ) day.
     (d) If the Option Holder ceases to be a Director of the Company due to the Option Holder’s Retirement, the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the effective date of the Option Holder’s Retirement. If such third (3 rd ) anniversary is not a business day, then the Option will expire at 5:00 P.M., Central Standard Time, on the first business day immediately following such third (3 rd ) anniversary.
          8. Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company will be addressed to the Secretary of the Company at Layne Christensen Company, 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Mission Woods, Kansas 66205, and any notice to be given to the Option Holder will be addressed to him or her at the address given beneath his or her signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 8, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him or her. Any notice which is required to be given to the Option Holder will, if the Option Holder is then deceased, be given to the Option Holder’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his or her status and address by written notice under this Section 8. Any notice will be deemed duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
          9. Nontransferability . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Plan, the Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in

2


 

any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Option, or of any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereby, this Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will immediately become null and void.
          10. Status of Option Holder . The Option Holder shall not be deemed a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares subject to this Option, except for those Shares that have been purchased and issued to him or her. The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for Shares purchased upon exercise of this Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and, if applicable, such Shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Shares may then be listed.
          11. Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
          12. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.
          13. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the interpretation, validity and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
          14. Binding Effect . Except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
                     
The Company:     The Option Holder:    
 
                   
Layne Christensen Company            
 
                   
By:
                   
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Name:         [                                              ]    
 
     
 
         
 
  Title:           Address of the Option Holder:    
 
     
 
           
 
           
 
 
   
 
             
 
 
   

3

Exhibit 10 (22)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
(Management)
LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Restricted Stock Agreement
     
Date of Grant:
                                                                
 
   
Number of Restricted Shares Granted:
                                            (                      )
          This Agreement dated                                           , is made by and between Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”).
RECITALS:
          A. Effective June 8, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, grant Shares of Restricted Stock to eligible Service Providers of the Company.
          B. Participant is a Service Provider of the Company or one of its Affiliates and the Company desires to encourage him/her to own Shares and to give him/her added incentive to advance the interests of the Company, and desires to grant Participant shares of Restricted Stock of the Company under the terms and conditions established by the Committee.
AGREEMENT:
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          1. Incorporation of Plan . All provisions of this Award Agreement and the rights of Participant hereunder are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Plan and the powers of the Committee therein provided. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
          2. Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Participant that number of Shares of Restricted Stock identified above opposite the heading “Number of Restricted Shares Granted” (the “Restricted Shares”).
          3. Restrictions on Transfer/Vesting Date . Subject to any exceptions set forth in this Agreement or in the Plan, the Restricted Shares or the rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, gifted, bequeathed, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, voluntarily or involuntarily, prior to [ insert vesting provisions ] (the “Vesting Date”). On the Vesting Date, such restriction on transfer shall lapse and the Restricted Shares, if not previously forfeited pursuant to Section 4 below, will become freely transferable under this Agreement and the Plan, subject only to such further limitations on transfer, if any, as may exist under applicable law or any other agreement binding upon Participant.
     The Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the Vesting Date for any or all of the Restricted Shares, if in its judgment the performance of Participant has warranted such acceleration and/or such acceleration is in the best interests of the Company.
          4. Forfeiture Prior to Vesting . Unless otherwise provided herein, if Participant’s position as a Service Provider with the Company or any of its Affiliates is terminated prior to the Vesting Date for one or more of the Restricted Shares, Participant will thereupon immediately forfeit any and all unvested Restricted Shares, and the full ownership of such Restricted Shares and rights will revert to the Company. Upon such forfeiture, Participant shall have no further rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, transfer of employment between the Company and any of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) does not constitute a termination of Participant’s position as a Service Provider. If Participant’s position as a Service Provider with the Company or any of its Affiliates is terminated by the

 


 

Company or any of its Affiliates prior to the Vesting Date and due to Participant’s death or Disability, all restrictions on the Restricted Shares will lapse and cease to be effective, as of the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider.
          5. Certificates . The Restricted Shares shall be issued in the name of Participant or a nominee of Participant as of the Date of Grant. One or more certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall bear a legend similar to the following:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED SECURITIES AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS UNDER THE LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND THE APPLICABLE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH THE SHARES WERE ISSUED. THESE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO A RISK OF FORFEITURE AND CANNOT BE SOLD, DONATED, TRANSFERRED OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER ENCUMBERED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY.
          6. Dividends and Voting . Participant is entitled to (i) receive all dividends, payable in stock, in cash or in kind, or other distributions, declared on or with respect to any Restricted Shares as of a record date that occurs on or after the Date of Grant hereunder and before any transfer or forfeiture of the Restricted Shares by Participant, provided that any such dividends paid in cash are to be held in escrow by the Company and, such cash dividends and distributions are to be subject to the same rights, restrictions on transfer and conditions regarding vesting and forfeiture as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such dividends or distributions are paid at the time of payment, and (ii) exercise all voting rights with respect to the Restricted Shares, if the record date for the exercise of such voting rights occurs on or after the Date of Grant hereunder and prior to any transfer or forfeiture of such Restricted Shares. In the event of forfeiture by Participant of any or all of the Restricted Shares or any of the equity securities distributed to Participant with respect thereto, Participant forfeit all cash dividends held in escrow and relating to the underlying forfeited Restricted Shares and must returned to the Company any distributions previously paid to Participant with respect to such Restricted Shares.
          7. Withholding with Stock . Unless specifically denied by the Committee, Participant may elect to pay all minimum required amounts of tax withholding, or any part thereof, by electing to transfer to the Company Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld under federal, state or local law or such lesser amount as may be elected by the Participant. The value of Shares to be transferred to the Company shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”), as determined by the Committee. Any such elections by the Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be subject to the following restrictions:
     (a) All elections must be made prior to the Tax Date;
     (b) All elections shall be irrevocable; and
     (c) If Participant is an officer or director of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the 1934 Act (“Section 16”), the Participant must satisfy the requirements of such Section 16 and any applicable rules thereunder with respect to the use of Stock to satisfy such tax withholding obligation.
          8. Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
          9. Notice of I.R.C. Section 83(b) Election . If Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, Participant shall promptly notify the Company of such election.
          10. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.
          11. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the interpretation, validity and performance of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
          12. Binding Effect . Except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

2


 

          This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
                     
The Company:       Participant:    
 
                   
Layne Christensen Company            
 
                   
By:
                   
                 
 
  Name:                
 
                   
 
  Title:           Address of Participant:    
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   

3

Exhibit 10 (23)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
(Non-Employee Directors)
LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Restricted Stock Agreement
     
Date of Grant:
  February 1, 2009
 
   
Number of Restricted Shares Granted:
   
 
   
          This Agreement dated February 1, 2009, is made by and between Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                                (“Participant”).
RECITALS:
          A. Effective June 8, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, grant Shares of Restricted Stock to eligible Service Providers of the Company.
          B. Participant is a Service Provider of the Company or one of its Affiliates and the Company desires to encourage him/her to own Shares and to give him/her added incentive to advance the interests of the Company, and desires to grant Participant shares of Restricted Stock of the Company under the terms and conditions established by the Committee.
AGREEMENT:
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          1. Incorporation of Plan . All provisions of this Award Agreement and the rights of Participant hereunder are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Plan and the powers of the Committee therein provided. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
          2. Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Participant that number of Shares of Restricted Stock identified above opposite the heading “Number of Restricted Shares Granted” (the “Restricted Shares”).
          3. Restrictions on Transfer/Vesting Date . Subject to any exceptions set forth in this Agreement or in the Plan, the Restricted Shares or the rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, gifted, bequeathed, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, voluntarily or involuntarily, prior to [ insert vesting provisions ] (the “Vesting Date”). On the Vesting Date, such restriction on transfer shall lapse and the Restricted Shares, if not previously forfeited pursuant to Section 4 below, will become freely transferable under this Agreement and the Plan, subject only to such further limitations on transfer, if any, as may exist under applicable law or any other agreement binding upon Participant.
     The Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the Vesting Date for any or all of the Restricted Shares, if in its judgment the performance of Participant has warranted such acceleration and/or such acceleration is in the best interests of the Company.
          4. Forfeiture Prior to Vesting . Unless otherwise provided below, if Participant’s position as a Service Provider with the Company or any of its Affiliates is terminated prior to the Vesting Date for one or more of the Restricted Shares, Participant will thereupon immediately forfeit any and all unvested Restricted Shares, and the full ownership of such Restricted Shares and rights will revert to the Company. Upon such forfeiture, Participant shall have no further rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, transfer of employment between the Company and any of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) does not constitute a termination of Participant’s position as a Service Provider. If Participant’s position as a Service Provider with the Company or any of its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or any of its Affiliates prior to the Vesting Date due to Participant’s death or Disability, all restrictions on the Restricted Shares will lapse and cease to be effective, as of the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider.

 


 

          5. Certificates . The Restricted Shares shall be issued in the name of Participant or a nominee of Participant as of the Date of Grant. One or more certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall bear a legend similar to the following:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED SECURITIES AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS UNDER THE LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND THE APPLICABLE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH THE SHARES WERE ISSUED. THESE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO A RISK OF FORFEITURE AND CANNOT BE SOLD, DONATED, TRANSFERRED OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER ENCUMBERED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY.
          6. Dividends and Voting . Participant is entitled to (i) receive all dividends, payable in stock, in cash or in kind, or other distributions, declared on or with respect to any Restricted Shares as of a record date that occurs on or after the Date of Grant hereunder and before any transfer or forfeiture of the Restricted Shares by Participant, provided that any such dividends paid in cash are to be held in escrow by the Company and, such cash dividends and distributions are to be subject to the same rights, restrictions on transfer and conditions regarding vesting and forfeiture as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such dividends or distributions are paid at the time of payment, and (ii) exercise all voting rights with respect to the Restricted Shares, if the record date for the exercise of such voting rights occurs on or after the Date of Grant hereunder and prior to any transfer or forfeiture of such Restricted Shares. In the event of forfeiture by Participant of any or all of the Restricted Shares or any of the equity securities distributed to Participant with respect thereto, Participant shall forfeit all cash dividends held in escrow and relating to the underlying forfeited Restricted Shares and must return to the Company any distributions previously paid to Participant with respect to such Restricted Shares.
          7. Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
          8. Notice of I.R.C. Section 83(b) Election . If Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, Participant shall promptly notify the Company of such election.
          9. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.
          10. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the interpretation, validity and performance of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
          11. Binding Effect . Except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
                     
The Company:       Participant:    
 
                   
Layne Christensen Company            
 
                   
By:
                   
                 
 
  Name:                
 
                   
 
  Title:           Address of Participant:    
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   

2

Exhibit 10(34)
SUMMARY OF 2009 SALARIES OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth the current base salaries provided to the Company’s CEO and the four most highly compensated executive officers (the “Named Executive Officers”):
         
Executive Officer   Current Salary  
Andrew B. Schmitt
  $ 620,000  
Jerry W. Fanska
  $ 365,000  
Steven F. Crooke
  $ 310,000  
Eric R. Despain
  $ 300,000  
Gregory F. Aluce
  $ 275,000  
All of the Named Executive Officers, including Andrew B. Schmitt, President and CEO, Jerry W. Fanska, Senior Vice President—Finance and Treasurer, Steven F. Crooke, Senior Vice President—General Counsel and Secretary, Eric R. Despain, Senior Vice President and President of the Minerals Division and Gregory F. Aluce, Senior Vice President overseeing the Company’s legacy water business, are also eligible to receive a bonus each year under the Company’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Executive IC Plan”). The bonuses paid to the Company’s CEO and four most highly compensated executive officers under the Executive IC Plan for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 are as shown in the following table:
         
Executive Officer   FY 2009 Bonus  
Andrew B. Schmitt
  $ 562,437  
Jerry W. Fanska
  $ 248,334  
Steven F. Crooke
  $ 210,914  
Eric R. Despain
  $ 272,098  
Gregory F. Aluce
  $ 186,030  
Under the Executive IC Plan, each participant is eligible for an annual cash bonus in a target amount (the “Target Bonus”) equal to a percentage (80% in the case of Mr. Schmitt and 60% in the case of Messrs. Fanska, Crooke, Despain and Aluce) of such participant’s base compensation. The Target Bonus is adjusted (up or down) based upon the performance of the Company as compared to certain goals adopted and approved by the Board of Directors. In no event, however, can a participant’s annual cash bonus under the Executive IC Plan exceed a certain percentage (160% in the case of Mr. Schmitt and 120% in the case of Messrs. Fanska, Crooke, Despain and Aluce) of such participant’s base compensation for the relevant year. No bonuses will be payable should performance be below 80% of the relevant goals established. In addition, the formula bonus derived as described in the preceding sentences can be further adjusted (up or down) at the discretion of the Board of Directors by up to one-third of the Target Bonus.
A Form 8-K will be filed to describe the goals set by the Board of Directors of the Company for the executive officers to qualify for a bonus under the Executive IC Plan for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010.

Exhibit 10 (37)
Layne Christensen Company
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
(Amended and Restated)
     Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) originally adopted the Layne Christensen Company Deferred Compensation Plan For Directors (the “Plan”) for non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Plan was amended and restated by the Company’s full Board of Directors on April 26, 2004. The Company hereby amends and restates the Plan for compliance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code effective as of January 1, 2009.
ARTICLE I
     1.1 Name and Purpose . The name of this plan is the “Layne Christensen Company Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.” The purpose of the Plan is to provide non-employee Directors of the Company with increased flexibility in timing the receipt of board service fees and to assist the Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as Directors.
     1.2 Definitions . Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined parenthetically throughout this Plan and/or defined in this Section 1.2.
  (a)   Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
  (b)   Closing Price ” means the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported in The Wall Street Journal.
 
  (c)   Common Stock ” means the common stock of Layne Christensen Company.
 
  (d)   Company ” means Layne Christensen Company.
 
  (e)   Compensation ” means all remuneration payable to a Director for service as a Director other than reimbursement for expenses and shall include, but not be limited to, fees for service and fees for attendance at meetings of the Board and of its committees.
 
  (f)   Director ” means any individual serving on the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
  (g)   Effective Date ” for this amended and restated plan is January 1, 2009.
 
  (h)   Participant ” means a Director who has filed an election to participate under Section 3.1 with regard to any Plan Year.
 
  (i)   Plan Administrator ” means a committee consisting of at least two of the employees of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
  (j)   Plan Year ” means the calendar year.
 
  (k)   “Separates from Service” or “Separation from Service” means a Director ceasing to serve as a director of the Company . A Director incurs a Separation from Service upon the effective date of the director’s cessation as a director of the Company. If a Participant is both a Director and a Company employee, the services provided as a Director shall be disregarded in determining whether there has been a Separation from Service as an employee, and the services provided as an employee shall be disregarded in determining whether there has been a Separation from Service as a Director. Separation from Service shall have the same meaning as set forth under Code section 409A and any applicable regulations or Treasury Department guidance issued thereunder.
ARTICLE II
     2.1 Participation in the Plan . Any individual who is a Director may participate in the Plan.

 


 

ARTICLE III
     3.1 Election to Participate . Each Director may elect annually to have payment of all or any portion of the Director’s Compensation for that Plan Year deferred to another year. An election to defer shall provide that the Compensation deferred will be paid on January 15 (or next business day) of a specified year in the future; provided, however, that if the Participant Separates from Service prior to such specified year, the Participant’s account will be paid within the 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service. No election to defer under this Plan may be made after December 31 of the year preceding the Plan Year during which Compensation would otherwise be paid. If a Participant becomes a Director and he or she has not in any prior Plan Year become eligible to participate in any nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company with which the Plan would be aggregated for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 1.409A 1(c)(2), the Director will have thirty (30) days to make an election with respect to the remainder of the Compensation due for that Plan Year; provided that a period of at least six (6) months exists between the date of such deferral election and, but for such deferral election, the date the Compensation would otherwise have been paid.
     An election to defer any Compensation shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator or its designee in a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. An election to defer shall be irrevocable by the Director and shall be effective only for the Plan Year immediately following the date on which it was filed. In the absence of a written election to defer filed by a Director with the Plan Administrator, any Compensation will be paid directly to the Director.
     3.2 Mode of Deferral . Payment of a Participant’s Compensation may be deferred by means of a credit. Credits shall be recorded in accounts established in Participants’ names on the books of the Company.
     Payment of a Participant’s Compensation may be deferred by means of a cash credit, a stock credit or a combination of the two as the Participant shall elect in writing at the same time as the election provided for in Section 3.1 is made. If a Participant fails to make an election as to mode of deferral, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected deferral by means of a cash credit. Cash credits and stock credits shall be recorded in accounts established in Participants’ names on the books of the Company.
     The Company shall not be obligated to make actual cash deposits or stock purchases in the account established in Participants’ names on the books of the Company, but only to make bookkeeping entries as if deposits had been made. If, for its own convenience, the Company should make deposits, any deposited sums shall remain a general, unrestricted asset of the Company and shall not be deemed as being held in trust, escrow or in any other fiduciary manner for the benefit of the Participant.
  (a)   Cash Credits . If the deferral is wholly or partly by means of a cash credit, the Company shall credit the Participant’s cash credit account at the same time, and with the same amount, that the Director would have otherwise been paid in cash had no deferral election been made. As of the last day of each calendar quarter and after subtracting any distributions from the account made during the quarter, the Participant’s cash credit account shall also be credited with interest using an interest rate equal to the annual rate of yield on the longest term United States Treasury Bond outstanding at the end of the preceding year. Interest shall be calculated on the actual number of days in the quarter based upon a 365 day year.
 
  (b)   Stock Credits . If the deferral is wholly or partly by means of a stock credit, the Company shall credit the Participant’s stock credit account, at the same time that the Director would have otherwise been paid in cash had no deferral election been made, with a hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock (including fractions of a share) equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that could have been purchased with the Compensation deferred assuming the per share hypothetical purchase price is equal to the average of the Closing Prices on each of the ten (10) business days immediately preceding the date such stock credit is made. As of the date any dividend is paid to shareholders of Common Stock, the Participant’s stock credit account shall also be credited with an additional hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock (including fractions of a share) that could have been purchased at the Closing Price on such date if the dividend had been paid on the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock then credited to the Participant’s stock credit account. In case of dividends paid in property, the dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the property at the time of distribution of the dividend, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and

2


 

      the Company shall credit the Participant’s stock credit account in the same manner as set forth above in this Section 3.2(b).
     3.3 Distribution of Credits . Payment of a Participant’s accounts shall be made in a single lump sum payment either (i) within the 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service or (ii) if a Participant has elected payment in a specified year under Section 3.1, distribution of the Participant’s account will be made on January 15 (or next business day) of the year specified, whichever is earlier. Distribution of a Participant’s cash credit and stock credit accounts shall be made in cash. The distribution amount of a Participant’s stock credit account shall be determined by multiplying the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock then credited to the Participant’s stock credit account by the average of the Closing Prices on each of the immediately preceding ten (10) business days prior to (x) the date a Participant ceases to be a Director in the case of (i) above or (y) January 15 of the year specified in (ii) above, whichever is applicable.
     3.4 Adjustment . If at any time the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be increased as the result of any stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification of shares or any other similar event, the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock that are then credited to each Participant’s stock credit account shall be increased in the same proportion as the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock is increased, or if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall at any time be decreased as the result of any combination or reclassification of shares, reverse stock split or any other similar event, the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock that are then credited to each Participant’s stock credit account shall be decreased in the same proportion as the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock is decreased. In the event the Company shall at any time be consolidated with or merged into any other corporation and holders of the Common Stock receive common shares of the resulting or surviving corporation, there shall be credited to each Participant’s stock credit account, in place of the hypothetical shares then credited thereto, a stock equivalent determined by multiplying the number of common shares of stock given in exchange for a share of Common Stock upon such consolidation or merger, by the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock then credited to the Participant’s stock credit account. If, in such a consolidation or merger, holders of the Common Stock shall receive any consideration other than common shares of the resulting or surviving corporation, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the appropriate change in Participants’ accounts.
     3.5 Distribution upon Death . In the event of the death of a Participant, whether before or within the 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service, any credit account to which the Participant was entitled shall be distributed in a lump sum cash payment to such person or persons or the survivors thereof, including corporations, unincorporated associations or trusts, as the Participant may have designated. All such designations shall be made in writing signed by the Participant and delivered to the Plan Administrator. A Participant may from time to time revoke or change any such designation by written notice to the Plan Administrator. If there is no unrevoked designation on file with the Plan Administrator at the time of the Participant’s death, or if the person or persons designated therein shall have all predeceased the Participant or otherwise ceased to exist, such distributions shall be made in accordance with the Participant’s will or in the absence of a will, to the administrator of the Participant’s estate. Any distribution under this Section 3.5 shall be made within the 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s death. Should such Participant have a stock credit account, the amount of the distribution shall be determined by multiplying the hypothetical number of shares of Common Stock credited to such account by the average of the Closing Prices on each of the last ten (10) business days of the fiscal quarter in which the Plan Administrator is notified of the Participant’s death.
     3.6 Permissible Acceleration of Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may allow for the acceleration of a payment as permitted under Treasury Regulations § 1.409A 3(j)(4) such as but not limited to (i) distributions pursuant to a domestic relations order (§ 1.409A 3(j)(4)(ii)); (ii) distributions to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government (§ 1.409A 3(j)(4)(iii)); (iii) distributions for the payment of employment taxes (§ 1.409A 3(j)(4)(vi); and (iv) distributions upon the inclusion of income under Code section 409A (§ 1.409A 3(j)(4)(vii)).
     3.7 Withholding Taxes . The Company shall deduct from all distributions under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state, or local governments.
ARTICLE IV
     4.1 Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to administer the Plan including the power to promulgate forms to be used with regard to the Plan, the power to promulgate rules of

3


 

Plan administration, the power to settle any disputes as to rights or benefits arising from the Plan, and the power to make such decisions to take such action as the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to aid in the proper maintenance of the Plan.
ARTICLE V
     5.1 Funding . No promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company, nor shall any assets of the Company be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of such promises.
ARTICLE VI
     6.1 Non-alienation of Benefits . None of the Participant’s stock credit account, cash credit account or any other benefit provided under the Plan may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. No such benefit shall, prior to receipt thereof by the Participant, be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Participant.
ARTICLE VII
     7.1 Delegation of Administrative Duties . Administrative duties imposed by this Plan may be delegated by the Plan Administrator to an individual charged with such duties.
     7.2 Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.
     7.3 409A Transition Election . If elected by the Company, all Participants in the Plan are permitted to amend their current elections relating to both timing and form of payment before December 31, 2008 provided that no change in a timing or form election made during 2008 may either (1) apply to payments the Participant otherwise would have received in 2008 or (2) cause a Plan benefit to be paid in 2008 which otherwise would not have been paid in 2008.
     7.4 Compliance with Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan or to the contrary, it is the intent of the Company to have this Plan interpreted and construed to comply with any and all provisions of Internal Revenue Code section 409A including any subsequent amendments, rulings or interpretations from appropriate governmental agencies.
     7.5 Non-ERISA Plan . This Plan covers no employees of the Company and therefore is not subject to any of the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     7.6 Amendment and Modification of the Plan . The Board at any time may amend or modify the Plan, provided however, that the formula provisions of this Plan shall not be amended more than once every six (6) months, other than to comply with changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and any releases or judicial decisions pertaining to the same. The Company also reserves the right to suspend the operation of this Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time.
     7.7 Termination . The Company reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 409A and authoritative guidance and provided that:
  (a)   All plans sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c) are terminated;
 
  (b)   No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this plan termination;
 
  (c)   All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;
 
  (d)   Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan.
 
  (e)   The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company.

4

Exhibit 10 (38)
Layne Christensen Company
Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan
(As Amended and Restated for IRC Section 409A, effective January 1, 2008)
           THIS PLAN is amended and restated effective as of the 1st day of January, 2008, by Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as follows:
RECITALS
           WHEREAS , the Company established the Layne Christensen Company Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) to provide additional retirement benefits and income tax deferral opportunities for a select group of management and highly compensated employees; and
           WHEREAS , the Company intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and to qualify for all available exemptions from the provisions of ERISA;
           WHEREAS , the Company intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and all applicable regulations and guidance issued thereunder and has amended and restated the Plan to be in compliance with the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder;
           NOW, THEREFORE , the Company hereby amends and restates the Layne Christensen Company Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2008, as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS
           DEFINITION OF TERMS . Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. In addition, the following words and phrases when used herein, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, shall have the following respective meanings:
Accrued Benefit . The sum of (A) all amounts deferred hereunder by or on behalf of a Participant, including (i) any contributions made by the Company, (ii) any interest credited to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan, and (iii) any deemed investment credited to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, in each case as such amounts, interest and deemed investment credits are reflected in the Deferral Account less (B) (i) any distributions made hereunder to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary and (ii) any deemed investment losses debited to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary and reflected in the Deferral Account.
Affiliate . Any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, or similar organization or entity, which is a member of a controlled group of companies which includes, or which is under common control with, the Company under Code section 414.
Article . Means an Article of the Plan.
Base Salary . The annual compensation (excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, directors fees and other fees, income attributable to the exercise of stock options or income attributable to the receipt or vesting of other equity-based compensation awards relating to the Company’s common stock and car allowances) paid to an Eligible Employee for services rendered to the Company, before reduction for compensation deferred pursuant to all qualified, non-qualified and Code section 125 plans of the Company.
Beneficiary . The beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant under Article 7, or, if the Participant has not designated one or more beneficiaries under Article 7, the person or persons entitled to receive distributions of benefits under Article 5.
Calendar Year . January 1 to December 31.
Cause . For purposes of this Plan “Cause” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Company or an Affiliate having a material value to the

 


 

Company or such Affiliate; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Company or an Affiliate); (iii) the Participant’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Company or an Affiliate); (iv) the Participant’s breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant’s duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant’s title and function or the Participant’s failure to comply with the lawful directions of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Affiliate that employs the Participant, in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer; (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputational injury to the Company, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment, or (vi) a willful and knowing material misrepresentation to the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or to the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Affiliate that employs the Participant.
Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
  (a)   Change in the Ownership of the Company . Any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined below) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company.
 
  (b)   Change in the Effective Control of the Company . Either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined below), acquire (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or (ii) a majority of members of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose apportionment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election.
 
  (c)   Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . Any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined below), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value (“gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.
For purposes of this definition (i) a “person” shall be deemed to own all ownership interests attributed to such person pursuant to Code section 318 and (ii) persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock, or purchase assets, of the Company at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering. However, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock or assets, or similar business transaction with the Company. If a person, including an entity or entity shareholder, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in a corporation (only with respect to the ownership in that corporation in the case of a change in the Effective Control of the Company or only to the extent of the ownership in that corporation in the case of a Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets) prior to the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.
Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Compensation . The Base Salary and bonuses payable by the Company or an Affiliate to an Eligible Employee during a Calendar Year.
Deemed Investment Alternatives means those investment vehicles made available by the Plan Administrator and set forth on Exhibit B in which a Participant’s Deferral Account is to be hypothetically invested in accordance with Section 4.2.
Deemed Investment Election means the election made by a Participant from which the Participant’s Deferral Account will be hypothetically invested in the Deemed Investment Alternatives in accordance with Section 4.2.

2


 

Deferral Account . Book entries maintained by the Company reflecting a Participant’s Accrued Benefit; provided, however, that the existence of such book entries and the Deferral Account shall not create, and shall not be deemed to create, a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or other beneficiaries under this Plan.
Disability or Disabled . A Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under a Company-sponsored accident and health plan.
Disability Date shall mean the date on which the Plan Administrator confirms that a Participant has a qualifying Disability and is eligible to receive payment hereunder.
Effective Date . The original effective date of the Plan was January 1, 2006. The Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, for Code Section 409A. The Plan Administrator was, prior to the original Effective Date, permitted to solicit and accept an Election of Deferral for each Eligible Employee that began participating in the Plan on such original Effective Date.
Election of Deferral . A written election made and filed by an Eligible Employee with the Plan Administrator on the Participant Enrollment and Election Form in substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit A, specifying both the amount or percentage of Compensation that will be deferred during the upcoming Calendar Year and the form in which such deferred amounts, along with Corporate Contributions made during such Calendar Year, if any, both such types of contributions as adjusted for deemed earnings and losses, will be distributed to the Participant upon the Participant’s Retirement.
Eligible Employee . Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate who is selected to participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 2.1 hereof, and is one of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” as defined by ERISA.
ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
Good Reason means the occurrence of any of the following:
  (a)   The Company or any of its Affiliates reduces the Participant’s Base Salary.
 
  (b)   The Company discontinues its bonus plan in which the Participant participates as in effect immediately before the Change in Control without immediately replacing such bonus plan with a plan that is the substantial economic equivalent of such discontinued bonus plan, or a successor to the Company fails or refuses to assume the obligations of the Company under such bonus plan as in effect immediately before the Change in Control or under a plan that is the substantial economic equivalent of such bonus plan.
 
  (c)   Without the Participant’s express written consent, the Company or any of its Affiliates requires the Participant to change the location of the Participant’s job or office, so that the Participant will be based at a location more than 35 miles from the former location of the Participant’s job or office.
 
  (d)   Without the Participant’s express written consent, the Company or any of its Affiliates substantially and adversely reduces the Participant’s responsibilities or directs the Participant to report to a person of lower rank or responsibilities than the person to whom the Participant reported before the Change in Control.
Normal Retirement Age . The date the Participant attains 60 years of age.
Participant . An Eligible Employee who either (i) elects to participate in the Plan by filing an Election of Deferral with the Company or (ii) although no longer making current deferrals under the Plan, has an Accrued Benefit credited to his or her Deferral Account.
Participant Annual Deferral . The portion of a Participant’s Compensation, expressed either as a percentage or a stated dollar amount, that the Participant elects to defer for the Calendar Year in question.
Plan . The Layne Christensen Company Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended.

3


 

Plan Administrator . The Company unless the Company designates another person or persons to hold the position of Plan Administrator. In no event may a Participant serve as the sole Plan Administrator. If a Participant is part of a group or committee designated as Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under the Plan, and such matters will be resolved by the remaining committee members.
Plan Year . The Calendar Year.
Retires or Retirement . An Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service after the Eligible Employee has reached Normal Retirement Age.
Separation from Service or Separates from Service means a Participant ceasing to be employed by the Company or an Affiliate. A Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence (such as temporary employment by the government) if such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, as long as the Participant’s right to reemployment with the Company is provided either by statute or by contract. Separation from Service shall have the same definition as set forth under Code section 409A and any applicable regulations or Treasury Department guidance issued thereunder.
Specified Employee shall mean a Participant who is a key employee (as defined by Code section 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of a corporation the stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-1(m). If a Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date, the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this definition, the identification date is December 31. The Company, in determining whether this definition and the related restrictions set forth in Article 5.5(c) apply, will determine whether the Company has any publicly traded stock as of the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service.
ARTICLE TWO
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1.   Eligibility . An employee of the Company or an Affiliate shall be an Eligible Employee only if he or she is selected by the Plan Administrator, in writing, to participate in the Plan.
 
2.2.   Participation . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan by filing an Election of Deferral in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Article Three. Once an employee becomes a Participant, he or she shall remain a Participant until his or her Separation from Service with the Company or an Affiliate, and thereafter until all benefits to which he or she (or his or her beneficiaries) is entitled under the Plan have been paid. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to be a contract of employment for any term of years, nor as conferring upon a Participant the right to continue to be employed by the Company in his or her present capacity, or in any capacity. It is expressly understood by the parties hereto that this Plan relates to the payment of deferred compensation for the Participant’s services, payable after termination of employment with the Company, and is not intended to be an employment contract.
 
2.3.   Reemployment. Where an Eligible Employee has ceased being eligible to participate in the Plan (other than the accrual of Earnings), regardless of whether all amounts deferred under the Plan have been paid, and subsequently becomes eligible to participate in the Plan again, the Employee may be treated as being initially eligible to participate in the plan if the Employee had not been eligible to participate in the Plan (other than the accrual of Earnings) at any time during the twenty-four (24) month period ending on the date the Employee again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.
ARTICLE THREE
DEFERRAL ELECTIONS AND CORPORATE CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1.   Deferral Elections :
  (a)   Annual Elections. Except as provided in Section 3.1(c) in the case of an employee first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan or as provided in Section 3(d) in the case of performance-based compensation, an Eligible Employee must make an election to defer Compensation under this Plan by filing, with the Plan Administrator, an Election of Deferral prior to the end of the Calendar Year preceding the Calendar Year in which the services that give rise to the Eligible Employee’s Compensation will be performed. If an Eligible Employee has made an Election of Deferral and fails

4


 

      to make a new or different election to defer by the end of the Calendar Year preceding the Calendar Year for which the election is effective, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have made the same election as is then currently in effect, if any. An Election of Deferral, unless cancelled or terminated, shall continue through the date on which the Eligible Employee’s employment terminates for any reason including death, Retirement or Disability. All deferrals shall be accomplished by payroll deduction.
 
  (b)   Contents of Election of Deferral. In the Election of Deferral, the Eligible Employee shall specify both (i) the amount Compensation to be deferred and (ii) the form of payment such deferred amount will be made upon the Eligible Employee’s Retirement. With respect to specification of the amount to be deferred, such specification may be separate for the individual components of Compensation, and may be expressed as percentages or fixed dollar amounts. However, the total amount of the deferrals made by each Eligible Employee in any Calendar Year may be subject to certain minimums or maximums as established by the Plan Administrator and as then specified in the Participant Enrollment And Election Form. The Plan Administrator and the Company shall disregard any deferral election to the extent such deferral election does not fall within such minimums or maximums.
 
  (c)   Election Upon First Becoming Eligible . Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, upon an employee being notified by the Plan Administrator for the first time that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan and if he or she has not in any prior Plan Year become eligible to participate in any nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company with which the Plan would be aggregated for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 1.409A-1(c)(2), the Eligible Employee shall have thirty (30) days to make an initial deferral election. Such initial deferral election may be made only with respect to Compensation paid for services performed subsequent to such election. In the event an Election of Deferral is made with respect to a bonus in the first year of eligibility, but after the beginning of a service period, the deferral election will apply to the portion of the bonus paid for services performed subsequent to the election and will be calculated based on the total bonus for the service period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the service period to the total days in the service period.
 
  (d)   Election for Performance-Based Compensation . Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, any Election of Deferral related to a bonus which constitutes performance-based compensation (as defined in Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder), based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months, may, if permitted by the Plan Administrator, be made no later than six months before the end of such performance period.
 
  (e)   Revocation of Election; Effective Date of Election . For purposes of this Plan, an election to defer may be changed or revoked at any time prior 5:00 p.m. Kansas City time on the last business day of the Calendar Year preceding the Calendar Year for which the Election of Deferral relates. Accordingly, an Election of Deferral will, for purposes of the Plan, not be considered as having been made until such date, at which time the Election of Deferral shall become irrevocable for that forthcoming Calendar Year.
3.2.   Corporate Contributions :
  (a)   The Company may make contributions (either discretionary, matching or both) (“Corporate Contributions”) to the Plan as it may determine from time to time and may direct that such contributions be allocated among the Deferral Accounts of those Participants that it may select. If a Participant is not employed by the Company as of the last day of a Plan Year other than by reason of his or her Retirement, Disability or death, the Corporate Contribution(s), if any, for such Plan Year shall be zero. In the event of Retirement, Disability or death, a Participant shall be credited with the Corporate Contribution(s), if any, for the Plan Year in which he or she Retires, becomes Disabled or dies.
 
  (b)   No Participant shall have a right to compel the Company to make a Corporate Contribution under this Article 3.2 and no Participant shall have the right to share in the allocation of any such Corporate Contribution for any Plan Year unless selected by the Company, in its sole discretion.
3.3.   Subsequent Changes in Time and Form of Payment . To the extent a Participant desires to extend the payment date or change the form of payment, such extension or change in form of payment may be permitted and honored by the Plan Administrator only if the following two conditions are satisfied:
  (a)   Any election made pursuant to this Section 3.3 will not become effective until at least 12 months after the date the election is made; and

5


 

  (b)   Any extensions of the payment commencement date or change in form of payment must, at a minimum, result in a deferral of any payment to be made for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid; provided, however, that such five year minimum extension need not apply to distributions on account of Disability, death or unforeseeable emergency, as defined in Article 5.6.
ARTICLE FOUR
DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATION OF FUNDS
4.1.   Deferral Account Allocations :
  (a)   Compensation that is deferred under the Plan shall be credited to the Deferral Account on or about the date the Compensation would otherwise have been paid.
 
  (b)   Discretionary Corporate Contributions (if any) shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account at such time as directed by the Plan Administrator.
 
  (c)   Based on the Deemed Investment Elections of a Participant made under Article 4.2, the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with deemed investment earnings, gains, losses or changes in value effective at the end of each day during the Plan Year, except as otherwise provided in this Plan.
 
  (d)   The Plan Administrator may, at any time, change the timing or methods for (i) crediting or debiting earnings, gains, losses, and changes in value of deemed investment options, (ii) crediting Participant Annual Deferrals and Corporate Contributions, and (iii) debiting payments of benefits and withdrawals under this Plan; provided, however, that the times and methods for crediting or debiting such items in effect at any particular time shall be uniform among all Participants and Beneficiaries.
4.2.   Deemed Investment Elections and Declared Rates :
  (a)   Deemed Investment Elections may be made from any of the various Deemed Investment Alternatives selected by the Participant from among those made available by the Company from time to time, which are outlined in Exhibit B.
 
  (b)   A Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall make Deemed Investment Elections for the Participant’s Deferral Account by filing a form substantially in the same form of Exhibit B (or another form acceptable to the Plan Administrator) with the Plan Administrator. The number of Deemed Investment Alternatives made available to the Participant as well as any percentage limitations shall be made at the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator. Deemed Investment Elections shall remain in effect until changed and may be changed at the frequency specified in Exhibit B. Such changes in deemed investments shall be effective on the next business day or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter.
 
  (c)   At the end of each calendar quarter (or such shorter period as the Plan Administrator may determine), the Company shall compute the total return for the quarter (or such shorter period) as to each Participant’s Deemed Investment Elections and may reduce such returns for that quarter (or shorter period) by items such as money management fees, cost of insurance, taxes and deemed investment expenses associated specifically with each deemed investment alternative. The total return for each deemed investment alternative shall be that deemed investment alternative’s total return for that quarter (or shorter period) reduced by applicable expenses as described above and approved by the Plan Administrator.
 
  (d)   From time to time, and at its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may change the Deemed Investment Alternatives that it makes available to the Participant. However, notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 4.2, the Company may invest contributions in investments other than the deemed investments selected by such Participant but the Participant’s return will solely be based on the results of his or her Deemed Investment Election reduced for expenses as described in Article 4.2(c) above. Nothing in this Plan shall require the Company to actually acquire or hold any particular investment.
4.3.   Determination of Accounts . A Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of each date shall consist of the balance of deferrals of Compensation, Corporate Contributions, and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses, and changes in value in his or her Deferral Account determined in accordance with this Article 4.

6


 

4.4.   Separate Plan Year Tracking . So as to provide a Participant with the opportunity each Plan Year to select the form that the upcoming year’s deferrals, if any, (and earnings and losses thereon) will ultimately be paid (e.g., lump sum or installment), a Participant’s Annual Deferral, Corporate Contributions made during such Plan Year and all deemed investment earnings, gains, losses or changes in value thereon will be tracked separately from such contributions in other Plan Years.
ARTICLE FIVE
ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS
5.1.   Vesting of Benefits . The portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account that is attributable to his or her Compensation deferral and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses and changes in value credited thereon shall be immediately fully vested. The portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account that is attributable to Corporate Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses and changes in value credited thereon (if any), shall vest based on the table in Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Article 5.6(b), the portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account that is attributable to Corporate Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses and changes in value credited thereon (if any), shall become fully vested upon the Participant’s Retirement, death, or Disability.
5.2.   Retirement Benefit .
  (a)   Upon the Retirement of the Participant, the Company shall thereafter pay to the Participant his or her Accrued Benefit. Each portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit that relates to the Participant’s deferred or Corporate Contributions made during a specific Plan Year shall be payable in the manner and frequency elected by the Participant with respect to such Plan Year or as otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator in Exhibit A. If installment payments are chosen for one or more Plan Years’ deferral or Corporate Contributions, the amount of the first installment to be paid during the Calendar Year in which payment begins shall be equal to (i) the total amount payable in the same form of distribution to the Participant as of his or her Retirement, divided by (ii) the total number of installment payments selected to be made. Unless otherwise provided for under Article 5.5(c), the first payment shall be due within the first 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s Retirement. If the Participant fails to select a form of distribution for purposes of distributions from such Participant’s Accounts for a Plan Year, such distributions will default to lump sum.
 
      For example and for illustration purposes only, assume a Participant’s aggregate Accrued Benefit is $250,000, $150,000 of which relates to Plan Years for which the Participant elected a lump sum form of payment and the remaining $100,000 relates to Plan Years for which the Participant elected installments over five (5) years. Upon the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant will be entitled to receive (i) a $150,000 lump-sum payment and (ii) an installment payment of $20,000 ((1/5) of the $100,000 payable in five annual installments).
 
  (b)   As of January 1 of each subsequent Calendar Year during the benefit payment period, the amount of each installment to be paid during such Calendar Year shall be recalculated and shall be equal to the remaining balance in the portion of the Participant’s Deferral Account as of such January 1 for which the same form of distribution election has been made; divided by the number of remaining installment payments to be made, inclusive of the current Calendar Year in subsequent Calendar Years.
 
  (c)   The final installment payment for the portion(s) of the Participant’s Deferred Account for which the same form of distribution election has been made shall be equal to the remaining amount payable to the Participant. In no event shall the amount of any installment payment exceed the remaining amount payable to the Participant.
 
  (d)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s retirement benefit shall be distributed in one lump sum rather than in installments if the balance in the Participant’s Deferral Account and all similar plans aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulations § 1.409A-1(c)(2) as of his Retirement is less than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) (ignoring any additional contribution opportunity due to catch-up contributions).
 
  (e)   In the event a Participant elects to receive his or her benefits upon Retirement in the form of installments, such series of installment payments is to be treated as a series of separate payments.
5.3.   Disability Retirement Benefit . The Participant shall be entitled to receive payments hereunder prior to his or her Retirement if he or she is Disabled. If a Participant has a qualifying Disability, the benefit payable

7


 

    hereunder shall be the same amount as would have been payable as a Retirement benefit under Article 5.2 above had the Participant attained his or her Normal Retirement Age on the Disability Date. Such benefit shall be payable in a lump sum regardless of any different form of distribution method chosen by the Participant on account of Retirement.
 
5.4.   Death Benefits :
  (a)   Death Benefit Prior to Commencement of Benefits . If the Participant dies while in the employment of the Company or an Affiliate prior to the commencement of benefit payments in the event of Disability, Separation From Service, or Retirement, the Company shall pay a survivor benefit in an amount based on the Participant’s Accrued Benefit at the date of death at such time stipulated in Exhibit A. The death benefit payable under this Article shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum regardless of any different form of distribution method chosen by the Participant on account of Retirement. As elected by the Participant on his or her Election of Deferral, such lump sum payment shall be made either within the first 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s death or on the first anniversary of the Participant’s death and payable to that person listed on the last Beneficiary designation received by the Company from the Participant prior to his or her death. If no such designation has been received by the Company, such payment shall be made to the Participant’s surviving legal spouse. If the Participant is not survived by a legal spouse, the said payment shall be made to the then living children of the Participant, if any, in equal shares. If there are no surviving children, the balance of the Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the estate of the Participant.
 
  (b)   Death Benefit After Commencement of Retirement Benefits . In the event of the Participant’s death after the commencement of benefit payments, but prior to the completion of such payments due to and owing hereunder, the Company shall continue to make such payments, in installments over the remainder of the period specified in Article 5.2 hereof that would have been applicable to the Participant had he or she survived. Such continuing payment shall be made to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the last such designation received by the Company from the Participant prior to his death. If no such designation has been received by the Company, such payments shall be made to the Participant’s surviving legal spouse. If such spouse dies before receiving all payments to which he or she is entitled hereunder, then the balance of the Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the spouse’s estate. If the Participant is not survived by a legal spouse, then the said payments shall be made to the then living children of the Participant, if any, in equal shares. If there are no surviving children, the balance of the Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the estate of the Participant.
5.5.   Benefits Upon Separation from Service :
  (a)   In the event of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than for Cause, Disability, Retirement or death, the Company shall pay to the Participant a termination benefit based on the vested value of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the effective date of such Separation from Service. Such benefit shall be payable in a lump sum regardless of any different form of distribution method chosen by the Participant on account of Retirement. Unless otherwise provided for under Article 5.5(c), the lump sum payment shall be made within 90 days following the Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
  (b)   In the event the Participant’s employment is terminated for Cause, no benefits of any kind will be due or payable under the terms of this Plan from amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account attributable to Corporate Contributions, and any cumulative earnings, gains, and changes in value thereon, and all rights of the Participant, his or her designated Beneficiary, executors, or administrators, or any other person, to receive payments thereof shall be forfeited. Notwithstanding the manner and frequency elected by the Participant or as otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator in Exhibit A, benefits credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account attributable to his or her compensation deferral and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses and changes in value credited thereon shall be paid in a lump sum within the first 90-day period immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service. If, after installment payments of benefits under this Plan have begun, the Plan Administrator determines that Cause existed before the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, such installment payments shall be reduced by amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account attributable to Corporate Contributions, and any cumulative earnings, gains, and changes in value thereon.

8


 

  (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or in the payment election of a Participant or the Company, the Plan may not make payment to any Participant who is a Specified Employee on account of a Separation from Service, earlier than six (6) months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six-month period, the date of death of the Specified Employee), in accordance with Treasury Regulations §1.409A-(i)(2)(i). Any such payment that is delayed pursuant to this Section 5.5(c) shall be made on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service.
5.6.   Hardship Distribution :
  (a)   Hardship Withdrawal . In the event that the Plan Administrator, under a written request by a Participant, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant, within the first 90-day period immediately following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency (the “Hardship Withdrawal”), but not exceeding the vested balance of such Participant’s Deferral Account as of the date of such payment. For purposes of Article 5.6(a), an “unforeseeable financial emergency” shall mean (i) a severe financial hardship to the Participant or beneficiary resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s spouse, or the Participant or Beneficiary’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), (ii) loss of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s property due to casualty, or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or Beneficiary. The Company will determine whether a Participant incurs an unforeseeable emergency based on the relevant facts and circumstances and in accordance with Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(a)(6)(i)(3) or applicable guidance. However, in any case, payment on account of an unforeseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise; (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause severe financial hardship; or (iii) by the cessation of deferrals under this Plan. The amount of any payment based on an unforeseeable emergency is limited to the amount that is reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, which may include amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. The determination as to the amount of payment must take into account any additional compensation that is available to the Participant if he or she cancels a deferral election in accordance with terms of the Plan.
 
  (b)   Rules Adopted by Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to adopt additional rules relating to Hardship Withdrawals. In administering these rules, the Plan Administrator shall act in accordance with the principle that the primary purpose of this Plan is to provide additional retirement income, not additional funds for current consumption.
 
  (c)   Limit on Number of Hardship Withdrawals . No Participant may receive more than one hardship distribution in any Calendar Year.
 
  (d)   Prohibition of Further Deferrals . A Participant who receives a Hardship Withdrawals, and who is still employed by the Company or an Affiliate shall be prohibited from making deferrals under Article 3.1 for the remainder of the Calendar Year in which the distribution is made.
5.7.   Effect of Change in Control . A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferral Account that is attributable to Corporate Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains, losses and changes in value credited thereon (if any) if, within one year after the occurrence of a Change in Control, his employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason other than Cause, or he voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company and all Affiliates for Good Reason. From and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Plan Administrator shall consist of a committee of the individuals who were members of the Company’s Board of Directors 90 days before the occurrence of the Change in Control, with any vacancy in such committee occurring thereafter being filed with a person or persons selected by the other members of such committee. Subject to Article 5.5(c), payments due (if any) following a Change in Control shall be due on or about the first day of the third month following the Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
5.8.   Permissible Acceleration of Benefits .
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may allow for the acceleration of a payment as permitted under Treasury Regulations § 1.409A-3(j)(4) such as but

9


 

    not limited to (i) distributions pursuant to a domestic relations order (§ 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ii)); (ii) distributions to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government (§ 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii)); (iii) distributions for the payment of employment taxes (§ 1.409A-3(j)(4)(vi); and (iv) distributions upon the inclusion of income under Section 409A (§ 1.409A-3(j)(4)(vii)).
5.9.   Excise Tax Limitation : Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary, in the event that any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to the Participant or for the Participant’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable (including, but not limited to, the acceleration of the time for the vesting or payment of such benefit or payment) pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates or a change of control within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (a “Payment” or “Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) but only to the extent necessary that no portion thereof shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Section 4999 Limit”). Unless the Participant shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate the limitations described in the preceding sentence, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments by first reducing or eliminating those Payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash Payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time. Any notice given by the Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Participant’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.
5.10.   Benefits Not Transferable . No Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any part of all the amounts payable hereunder. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency, or dissolution of marriage. Any such attempted assignment shall be void.
ARTICLE SIX
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
6.1.   Benefits Payable Only From General Corporate Assets: Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant :
  (a)   Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Company; no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Company’s obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company; no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest or claim in or to any property or assets of the Company.
 
  (b)   In the event that, in its discretion, the Company purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant, or Company employee, to allow the Company to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever therein or in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Company shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein.
 
  (c)   In the event that the Company purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a participant or a Company employee as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Company.
 
  (d)   If the Company chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Company or the insurance company(ies) designated by the Company. If a Participant submits information to any such insurance company(ies) and if the Participant makes a material misrepresentation in an application for any insurance that may be used to insure any of the Company’s obligations under this Plan, and if as a

10


 

      result of that material misrepresentation an insurance company is not required to pay all or any part of the benefit provided under that insurance, the Participant’s right to a benefit under this Plan will be reduced by the amount of the benefit that is not paid by the insurance company because of such material misrepresentation if applicable.
6.2.   Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, make such distribution (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence, or (ii) to the conservator or committee or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Administrator, the Company and Plan from further liability on account thereof.
 
6.3.   Withholding . Any and all payments to be made to a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiaries pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to all federal, state and local income and employment taxes and such taxes may be withheld accordingly by the Company from benefits under this Plan or from salary, bonuses or other amounts due to the Participant as determined by the Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE SEVEN
BENEFICIARIES
7.1.   Beneficiary Designation . The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to submit in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, a written designation of primary and secondary beneficiaries to whom payment under this Plan shall be made in the event of his or her death prior to complete distribution of the benefits payable. Each Beneficiary designation shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Company. The Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any Beneficiary designation, which is not in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Any attempt to designate a Beneficiary, otherwise than as provided in this Article shall be ineffective.
7.2.   Spouse’s Interest . A Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Participant names a spouse as Beneficiary and that marriage is later dissolved or the spouse dies. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant or whose marriage with the Participant has been dissolved shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
ARTICLE EIGHT
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
8.1.   Responsibility of Administration of the Plan :
  (a)   The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may employ others to render advice with regard to its responsibilities under this Plan. It may also allocate its responsibilities to others and may exercise any other powers necessary for the discharge of its duties. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certifications, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Plan Administrator with respect to the Plan.
 
  (b)   The primary responsibility of the Plan Administrator is to administer the Plan for the benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons and their heirs, executors, beneficiaries, successors and assigns. The Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including but not limited to, interpretations of this Plan and entitlement to or amount of benefits under this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.

11


 

8.2.   Claims Procedure :
  (a)   Claim . A person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Plan Administrator, setting forth his or her claim. The request must be addressed to the Plan Administrator at its then principal place of business.
 
  (b)   Claim Decision . Upon receipt of a claim, the Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within 90 days and that the Plan Administrator shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such period. The Plan Administrator may, however, extend the reply period for an additional 90 days for reasonable cause. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall adopt a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth to the extent applicable:
  (i)   The specific reasons for such denial;
 
  (ii)   Specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based;
 
  (iii)   A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;
 
  (iv)   Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review, and
 
  (v)   The time limits for requesting a review under (iii) and for review under (iv) hereof.
  (c)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Company through its Board of Directors review the Plan Administrator’s determination. Such request must be addressed to the Plan Administrator of the Company at its then principal place of business. The Claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Company. If the Claimant does not request a review of the determination within such 60-day period, he or she shall be barred and estopped from challenging the determination.
 
  (d)   Review of Decision . Within 60 days after the Company’s receipt of a request for review, it will review the Plan Administrator’s determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Company will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the 60 day time period be extended, the Company will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review. The decision of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all parties and may not be further appealed by any party.
8.3.   Arbitration . Any claim or controversy between the parties which the parties are unable to resolve themselves, and which is not resolved through the claims procedure set forth in Article 8.2, including any claim arising out of a Participant’s employment or the termination of that employment, and including any claim arising out of, connected with, or related to the formation, interpretation, performance or breach of any provision of this Plan, any claim or dispute as to whether a claim is subject to arbitration and any claims of statutory violation including, but not limited to, those arising under ERISA, shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by expedited arbitration by a single arbitrator in accordance with the following procedures:
  (a)   In the event of a claim or controversy subject to this arbitration provision, the complaining party shall promptly send written notice to the other party identifying the matter in dispute and the proposed remedy. Following the giving of such notice, the parties shall meet and attempt in good faith to resolve the matter. In the event the parties are unable to resolve the matter within 21 days, the parties shall meet and attempt in good faith to select a single arbitrator acceptable to both parties. If a single arbitrator is not selected by mutual consent within 10 business days following the giving of the written notice of dispute, an arbitrator shall be selected from a list of nine persons each of whom shall be an attorney who is either engaged in the active practice of law or a recognized arbitrator and who, in either event, is experienced in serving as an arbitrator in disputes between employers and employees, which list shall be provided by the office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) or of the

12


 

      Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service. If, within three business days of the parties’ receipt of such list, the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator from the list, then the parties shall each strike names alternatively from the list, with the first to strike being determined by the flip of a coin. After each party has had four strikes, the remaining name on the list shall be the arbitrator. If such person is unable to serve for any reason, the parties shall repeat this process until an arbitrator is selected.
 
  (b)   Unless the parties agree otherwise, within 60 days of the selection of the arbitrator, a hearing shall be conducted before such arbitrator at a time and a place agreed upon by the parties. In the event the parties are unable to agree upon the time or place of the arbitration, the time and place shall be designated by the arbitrator after consultation with the parties. Within 30 days of the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall issue an award, accompanied by a written decision explaining the basis for the arbitrator’s award, references to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the appeal decision is based and recitation of the particular facts on which the decision is based.
 
  (c)   In any arbitration hereunder, the Company shall pay all administrative fees of the arbitration and all fees of the arbitrator, except that the Participant or Beneficiary may, if he wishes, pay up to one-half of those amounts. Each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses. The arbitrator shall have no authority to add to or to modify this Plan, shall apply all applicable law, and shall have no lesser and no greater remedial authority than would a court of law resolving the same claim or controversy. The arbitrator shall, upon an appropriate motion, dismiss any claim without an evidentiary hearing if the party bringing the motion establishes that it would be entitled to summary judgment if the matter had been pursued in court litigation. The parties shall be entitled to reasonable discovery subject to the discretion of the arbitrator.
 
  (d)   The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, binding, and non-appealable, and may be enforced as a final judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction.
 
  (e)   This arbitration provision of the Plan shall extend to claims against any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of each party, and, when acting within such capacity, any officer, director, shareholder, Participant, Beneficiary, or agent of each party, or of any of the above, and shall apply as well to claims arising out of state and federal statutes and local ordinances as well as to claims arising under the common law or under this Plan.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless otherwise agreed between the parties, either party may, in an appropriate manner, apply to a court for provisional relief, including a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction, on the ground that the arbitration award to which the applicant may be entitled may be rendered ineffectual without provisional relief.
          Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in accordance with the employee benefit plan claims rules and procedures of the AAA then in effect; provided, however, that, in the event of any inconsistency between the employee benefit plan claims rules and procedures of the AAA and the terms of this Plan, the terms of this Plan shall prevail.
          If any of the provisions of this Article 8.3 are determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such determination shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Article 8.3, and this Article 8.3 shall be reformed to the extent necessary to carry out its provisions to the greatest extent possible and to ensure that the resolution of all conflicts between the parties, including those arising out of statutory claims, shall be resolved by neutral, binding arbitration. If a court should find that the provisions of this Article 8.3 are not absolutely binding, then the parties intend any arbitration decision and award to be fully admissible in evidence in any subsequent action, given great weight by any finder of fact, and treated as determinative to the maximum extent permitted by law.
8.4.   Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee’s last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

13


 

ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
9.1.   Plan Amendment .
 
    The Company reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other applicable guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant’s Account(s) in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made, and (ii) no amendment or modification shall materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights to be credited with additional amounts on such Account(s), or otherwise materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights with respect to such Account(s).
 
9.2.   Termination . The Company reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 409A and authoritative guidance:
  (a)   Corporation Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to Participants provided that the amounts deferred under this Plan are included in the Participants’ gross income in the latest of:
  (i)   The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;
 
  (ii)   The calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (iii)   The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
  (b)   Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Company are terminated so that all participants in all similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of Compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.
 
  (c)   Discretionary Termination . The Company may also terminate this Plan and make distributions provided that:
  (i)   All plans sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c) are terminated;
 
  (ii)   No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this plan termination;
 
  (iii)   All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this plan termination; and
 
  (iv)   Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan.
 
  (v)   The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company.
      The Company also reserves the right to suspend the operation of this Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time.
ARTICLE TEN
THE TRUST
10.1.   Establishment of Trust . The Company may establish a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan (the “Trust”).
10.2.   Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern

14


 

    the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Company to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Company shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan. The Company’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.
10.3.   Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Company to the Trust in the sole discretion of the Company.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1.   Entire Plan . The Plan and the Deemed Investment Alternatives, Beneficiary designation, and other administrative forms shall constitute the total agreement between the Company and the Participant. No oral statement regarding the Plan may be relied upon by the Participant. In the event that there is a discrepancy between this Plan, the administrative forms and any summary of the Plan, this Plan will control.
 
11.2.   Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be carried into effect.
 
11.3.   Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of such Participant, if the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, such Plan benefit may be forfeited to the Company upon the Plan Administrator’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, subsequent to any such forfeiture, the Participant or beneficiary to whom such Plan benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such Plan benefit, such forfeited Plan benefit shall be paid by the Plan Administrator to the Participant or beneficiary, without interest from the date it would have otherwise been paid.
 
11.4.   Offset For Obligations To Company . If, at such time as the Plan Participant becomes entitled to benefit payments hereunder, the Plan Participant has any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company or an Affiliate of Company, and if such debt, obligation, or other liability is due and owing at the time benefit payments are payable hereunder, the Company may offset the amount owing it or an Affiliate against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable hereunder. Unless otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A, the entire amount of reduction under this Section 11.4 may not exceed $5,000.
 
11.5.   409A Transition Election . All Participants in the Plan are permitted to amend their current elections relating to both timing and form of payment before December 31, 2008 provided that no change in a timing or form election made during 2008 may either (1) apply to payments the Participant otherwise would have received in 2008 or (2) cause a Plan benefit to be paid in 2008 which otherwise would not have been paid in 2008.
 
11.6.   Compliance with Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan or to the contrary, it is the intent of the Company to have this Plan interpreted and construed to comply with any and all provisions of Internal Revenue Code section 409A including any subsequent amendments, rulings or interpretations from appropriate governmental agencies.
 
11.7.   Governing Law . The Plan and the rights and obligations of all persons hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas, other than its laws regarding choice of law, to the extent that such state law is not preempted by federal law.
           In Witness Whereof , the Company has executed this Plan as of the day and year first written above.
         
  Layne Christensen Company
 
 
  By:   /s/ A. B. Schmitt    
    Andrew B. Schmitt, President   
       
 

15

Exhibit 21 (1)
Subsidiaries
of
Layne Christensen Company
             
        Percentage of
        Voting Stock
    Jurisdiction   owned by
Name of Subsidiary   of Incorporation   Company ¨
Ausdrill Burkina SARL
  Burkina     100 %
Boyles Bros. Drilling Company
  Utah     100 %
Camken-Reynolds, LLC
  Delaware     51 %
Cherryvale Pipeline, LLC
  Kansas     100 %
Christensen Boyles Corporation
  Delaware     100 %
Collector Wells International, Inc.
  Ohio     100 %
Discretionary Trust
  Zimbabwe     100 %
ESEMES (Mauritius) Limited
  Mauritius     100 %
G&K Properties Pty Ltd
  Australia     100 %
Inliner American, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Inliner Technologies, LLC
  Indiana     100 %
International Directional Services, L.L.C.
  Delaware     100 %
International Directional Services of Canada, Ltd.
  Ontario, Canada     100 %
International Mining Services Pty Ltd
  Western Australia     100 %
International Water Consultants, Inc.
  Ohio     100 %
Inversiones Layne Energy Limitada (a/k/a Layne Energy Limitada)
  Chile     100 %
Layne Christensen Australia Pty Limited
  Australia     100 %
Layne Christensen Canada Limited
  Calgary, Alberta, Canada     100 %
Layne de Bolivia S.R.L.
  Bolivia     100 %
Layne de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico     100 %
Layne do Brasil Sondagens Ltda
  Brazil     100 %
Layne Drilling Pty Ltd (f/k/a Glindemann & Kitching Pty Ltd)
  Australia     100 %
Layne Drilling (RDC) SPRL
  Democratic Republic of Congo     100 %
Layne Energia Chile S.A.
  Chile     85 %
Layne Energy, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Cherryvale, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Cherryvale Pipeline, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Dawson, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Dawson Pipeline, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Holding, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Operating, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Osage, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Pipeline, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Production, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Resources, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Energy Sycamore, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
 
¨   directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, nominees or trustees

 


 

Page 2
             
        Percentage of
        Voting Stock
    Jurisdiction   owned by
Name of Subsidiary   of Incorporation   Company ¨
Layne Energy Sycamore Pipeline, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Texas, Incorporated
  Delaware     100 %
Layne Water Development and Storage, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Lenity Investments (Private) Limited
  Zimbabwe     100 %
Liner Products, LLC
  Indiana     100 %
Mag Con, Inc.
  Louisiana     100 %
Meadors Construction Co., Inc.
  Florida     100 %
Mid-Continent Drilling Company
  Delaware     100 %
PT Layne Christensen Indonesia
  Indonesia     100 %
Reynolds, Inc. (f/k/a Layne Merger Sub 2, Inc.).
  Indiana     100 %
Reynolds Inliner, LLC
  Indiana     100 %
Reynolds Transport Co.
  Indiana     100 %
Reynolds-Rogers, LLC
  Delaware     51 %
Reynolds-SABAS, LLC
  Delaware     66.66 %
Shawnee Oil & Gas, L.L.C.
  Delaware     100 %
SMS Holdings Pty Ltd
  Australia     100 %
SMS Offshore Pty Ltd
  Western Australia     100 %
Stamm-Scheele Incorporated
  Louisiana     100 %
Stanley Mining Services Pty Limited
  Australia     100 %
Stanley Mining Services (Botswana) (Pty) Ltd. (f/k/a Whitfield (Proprietary) Limited)
  Botswana     100 %
Stanley Mining Services (Tanzania) Limited
  Tanzania     100 %
Stanley Mining Services (Uganda) Limited
  Uganda     100 %
Stanley Mining Services Zimbabwe (Private) Limited
  Zimbabwe     100 %
Tecniwell S.r.l.
  Italy     100 %
Vibration Technology, Inc.
  Delaware     100 %
West African Drilling Services (Burkina) SARL
  Burkina     100 %
West African Drilling Services (Guinea) SARL
  Guinea     100 %
West African Drilling Services (MALI) SARL
  Mali     100 %
West African Drilling Services Pty Ltd
  Australia     100 %
West African Drilling Services (No. 2) Pty Ltd
  Australia     100 %
West African Holdings Pty Ltd
  Australia     100 %
Windsor Resources, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Windsor Resources Pipeline, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
 
¨   directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, nominees or trustees

 

EXHIBIT 23(1)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-54064, 33-54066, 33-54096, 33-57746, 333-130167, 33-86654, 33-20801, 333-53487, 333-64714, 333-89071, 333-104412, 333-130162, 333-105930, and 333-135683 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-57748 and Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-53485 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 31, 2009, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to changes in accounting principles), and the effectiveness of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries for the year ended January 31, 2009.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
March 31, 2009

Exhibit 23(2)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company for the year ended January 31, 2009. We hereby further consent to the use of information contained in our report setting forth the estimates of revenues from Layne Christensen Company’s oil and gas reserves as of January 31, 2009. We further consent to the incorporation by reference thereof into Layne Christensen Company’s Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-54064, 33-54066, 33-54096, 33-57746, 333-130167, 33-86654, 33-20801, 333-53487, 333-64714, 333-89071, 333-104412, 333-130162, 333-105930, and 333-135683 and Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-57748 and Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration No. 333-53485).
Sincerely,


Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
March 31, 2009

Exhibit 31 (1)
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, Andrew B. Schmitt, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 31, 2009
         
     
  /s/ A. B. Schmitt    
  Andrew B. Schmitt   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 31(2)
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, Jerry W. Fanska, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 31, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Jerry W. Fanska    
  Jerry W. Fanska   
  Senior Vice President — Finance and Treasurer   

 

         
Exhibit 32 (1)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
     I, Andrew B. Schmitt, President and Chief Executive Officer of Layne Christensen Company (the “Company”), do hereby certify in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
     (a) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2009, which this certification accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
     (b) the information contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2009, which this certification accompanies, fairly presents, in all material aspects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Dated: March 31, 2009  /s/ A. B. Schmitt    
  Andrew B. Schmitt   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 32(2)
Certification of Principal Accounting Officer
     I, Jerry W. Fanska, Senior Vice President—Finance and Treasurer, of Layne Christensen Company, do hereby certify in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
     (a) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2009, which this certification accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
     (b) the information contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2009, which this certification accompanies, fairly presents, in all material aspects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Dated: March 31, 2009  /s/ Jerry W. Fanska    
  Jerry W. Fanska   
  Senior Vice President — Finance and Treasurer